Nintendo Videos
Codes Game Shark Game Genie FAQs PAR
Printing tips Home E-Mail Us
Privacy Statement
*****************************************************************
Perfect Dark Walkthrough/FAQ
By CyricZ
Version 2.4
E-mail: CyricZ42@hotmail.com
*****************************************************************
Table of Contents:
1. Introduction
2. Basic Tips
3. Characters
4. Weapons
5. Gadgets
6. Carrington Institute
7. Missions/Walkthroughs (one of the following for each mission)
A. Overview
B. Objectives
C. Equipment
D. Opposition
E. Walkthrough
F. Time Trial
G. Other (Cheats, Hidden Secrets, or Fun Stuff)
8. Combat Simulator (Multiplayer)
A. Arenas
B. Scenarios
C. Presets and Submitted Game Setups
D. Weapon Setups and Unlocking
E. Simulants
9. Challenges
10. Co-Operative and Counter-Operative
11. Other Stuff/FAQ
12. Legal
13. Credits
14. Version Updates
15. The Final Word
1. Introduction
Hi! Thanks for stopping by and looking at my FAQ! Iíd like to say
that this is the first FAQ Iíve ever published and I hope you enjoy
reading it as much as I enjoyed making it.
This FAQ is for the latest masterpiece from the wizards at Rareware.
Set in the futuristic 2023, where we FINALLY have hover cars and such,
Agent Joanna Dark, the star operative of the Carrington Institute is
being sent on her very first mission, one that will end up holding the
fate of the Earth in its outcome.
I could go on about how much majesty is in this game, but you can just
check out my review at gamefaqs.com.
Now, I picked a...different way of writing the mission walkthroughs.
Instead of simply typing up several walkthroughs for each difficulty
level, Iíve lumped them all together to save space and assure
continuity. Iíve clearly marked each paragraph as applying to specific
difficulty levels, or all of them. The markings will allow you to skip
over unnecessary portions of each mission.
Now, down to business...
*****************************************************************
*****************************************************************
2. Basic Tips
Always keep your weapon fully loaded. Reload manually whenever you get
a chance.
Keep conscious of your ammo count. In Agent, guns dropped hold twenty
rounds of ammo, SA they hold 15, and PA they hold 10. Youíll have to
be a lot more frugal with your shots if you hope to survive.
If you have a group of enemies that you want to pick off before they
get on you, consider crouching. Crouching makes you a smaller target
and improves your aim considerably. Youíre not very mobile, though,
so itís unwise to do this if your enemyís next to you.
Speaking of crouching, ALWAYS remember that there are two "levels" to
crouching. Each will bring you lower to the floor. Youíll also have
to tap R twice to bring yourself back up.
Shields are available on Agent and Special Agent, but NOT on Perfect
Agent. Remember this.
When going for Time Trials, or when generally trying to get moviní
fast. Use the strafe-run. Use both the stick and the strafe buttons.
Youíll run at an angle, but itís far faster than straight running.
Your Falcon will be your most trusted weapon, just donít forget all the
others you pick up. Explosives can especially come in handy for
neutralizing groups.
Going along the same lines, if you know where a group of enemies is and
donít want to engage them on their territory, make them come to you.
Lay explosives. Hide around the corner, crouched, and be ready to
surprise them as they round the bend. Remember that they have to turn
around before they can shoot you. Use that split second to your
advantage and youíll get far.
When fighting solitary or a couple of enemies close together, try to
stay in what I call the Dead Zone. This is the area around the enemy
where theyíre too close to shoot, but too far to punch. Circle around
enemies in this way and you can easily eliminate them, even on PA.
Keep half an eye on guards that you disarmed. Some may try to attack
you with their bare hands, and many have Falcon 2's on them as a second
weapon. Don't stop until they're on the ground.
*****************************************************************
*****************************************************************
3. Characters
Joanna Dark: The character you control and the latest and greatest
field operative that the Carrington Institute has to offer. Her
training scores gave rise to a new training rank: A++. Code Name:
Perfect Dark.
Daniel Carrington: Head of the Carrington Institute, this wise man is
responsible for much of the new technology that has entered the world
recently. The Institute trains scientists, field agents, diplomats,
and technicians that will be ready to tackle the challenges of this
brave new world.
Jonathan: Previous holder of the training records at the Carrington
Institute, this agent is experienced and currently in the field. He
respects Joanna but still feels a slight bit of resentment towards the
young prodigy. He will never let such petty feelings get in the way of
his work, however.
Cassandra De Vries: CEO and head of the DataDyne Corporation, the
person responsible for just about all the rest of the new technology
that has entered the world recently. Naturally, DataDyne has a deep
competition running with the Carrington Institute.
Dr. Caroll: A scientist in the DataDyne Corporation who has had enough
of his present situation and wants out. Joanna will have her first
mission in his extraction.
Trent Easton: Head of the National Security Agency, Easton seems to
have other motives than protecting the US government.
The President of the United States: What can we say? Heís wise,
intelligent, strong-willed, just not a very good judge of character...
Mr. Blonde: A mysterious man with a deep voice. Who is he and why does
he seem to be in control here?
More characters will be introduced as they come into play...
*****************************************************************
*****************************************************************
4. Weapons
As can be expected, Perfect Dark has a huge variety of weapons to use
throughout the game. As in Goldeneye, not all will be available at all
times. Oftentimes, youíll have to improvise to find the best use of a
particular weapon in a situation.
That said, letís get on with the descriptions:
Note: When I say "Trigger Pull" under Fire Rate, it means that a gun
can fire at that rate, but you have to repeatedly hit the trigger,
instead of just holding it down.
Unarmed (fists):
Primary: Punch; Rate: Medium
Secondary: Disarm; Rate: Medium
Even without a weapon, Joanna is still a deadly machine. Fighting
barehanded can actually be quite useful at times. One punch to the
back of an unsuspecting enemyís head can save you ammo. The Disarm
function is very useful in close quarters. You can easily relieve an
enemy of their weapon in this manner. Watch out for a second weapon
that they might pull, though. DataDyne guards are notorious for
having an extra Falcon 2 concealed on them.
Pistols:
All pistols have Double Potential, meaning itís possible to carry two
at once.
Maximum pistol ammo capacity is 800. Maximum Magnum Bullet capacity
is 200.
Falcon 2:
Primary: Single Shot; 8 Pistol Bullets per Clip; Fire Rate: Very Fast
with Trigger Pull
Secondary: Pistol Whip; Rate: Slow
Your trusty sidearm. Youíll start nearly all the missions with one of
these, or one of its variations. All things considered, the Falconís
a fine weapon. Donít think for a moment that, just because itís
basic, that itís a lousy weapon. The pistol whip packs a bit more of
a hit than a standard punch, but itís quite a bit slower.
Falcon 2 (silenced):
Primary: Single Shot; 8 Pistol Bullets per Clip; Fire Rate: Very Fast
with Trigger Pull
Secondary: Pistol Whip; Rate: Slow
All of the trustworthiness. None of the noise. Perfect for covert
ops.
Falcon 2 (scope):
Primary: Single Shot; 8 Pistol Bullets per Clip; Fire Rate: Very Fast
with Trigger Pull
Secondary: Pistol Whip; Rate: Slow
Scope: 2X
As advertised, the scoped Falcon allows you to be even more accurate
with an already very accurate weapon.
MagSec 4:
Primary: Single Shot; 9 Pistol Bullets per Clip; Fire Rate: Fast with
Trigger Pull
Secondary: Three-Round Burst; Fire Rate: Very Fast Burst, Medium between
Bursts
Scope: 2.4X
Pistol used by the military. It features lower accuracy than a Falcon
and the scope really doesnít improve aim. Normally, I suggest sticking
with the Falcon, given a choice. The only thing that might give this
weapon an advantage over the Falcon is its Three-Round Burst. Accuracy
suffers even more here, but it can improve your chances in a close
quarter fight. There's also a bit of an increase in power over the
Falcon, but if you like head shots, that shouldn't be much of a
concern...
Mauler:
Primary: Single Shot; 20 Pistol Bullets per Clip; Fire Rate: Fast with
Trigger Pull
Secondary: Charge-Up Shot; Full charge up takes about 2 seconds.
Skedar standard issue. This weapon fires bolts of energy, even though
it uses pistol rounds. It is quite accurate, and the large magazine is
a plus. Of course, it needs this large magazine when it employs its
secondary fire. The Charge-Up Shot consumes up to six rounds, but also
does six times the damage, making it the preferred weapon of choice
when facing solitary enemies.
Phoenix:
Primary: Single Shot; 8 Pistol Bullets per Clip; Fire Rate: Fast with
Trigger Pull
Secondary: Explosive Shells; Fire Rate: Medium with Trigger Pull
Maian standard issue. This blue pistol fires accurate bolts of
energy, like the Mauler. At the cost of nothing more than fire rate,
Phoenix shots can be laced with low-yield explosives. Most enemies
will fall with one well-aimed explosive shot. That being said, the
Phoenix is an excellent weapon to have.
DY357 Magnum:
Primary: Single Shot; 6 Magnum Bullets per Clip; Fire Rate: Slow with
Trigger Pull
Secondary: Pistol Whip; Rate: Slow
A powerful pistol. The most powerful in this world, reportedly. Note
that I said THIS world. Although quite powerful, this gun is really
only useful against solitary or spaced out enemies. This gun is not
good for ambushes, crowds, enemies that require more than one head
shot, etc. The pistol whip is more effective with the Magnum than a
Falcon, due to the weight of the gun.
DY357-LX:
Primary: Single Shot; 6 Magnum Bullets per Clip: Fire Rate: Slow with
Trigger Pull
Secondary: Pistol Whip; Rate: Slow
This pistol was specially ordered by NSA director Trent Easton. On the
outside, it appears to be a standard Magnum, albeit with a tiger-skin
handle and gold-plating. The inside, however, boasts an incredibly
high barrel velocity, and impregnates standard magnum bullets with the
ability to shatter on impact. Translation: Every hit is fatal with
this gun. Nice gun if you can get it...
*****************************************************************
9mm Automatics:
Maximum 9mm capacity is 800. Yes, pistols and automatics use different
ammunition. Donít ask me why. Both should use standard 9mm...
CMP150:
Primary: Rapid Fire; 32 9mm Bullets per Clip; Fire Rate: Very Fast
Secondary: Follow Lock-On
Stands for "Combat Machine Pistol". A very effective and versatile
weapon, though a bit of an ammo-muncher. This is the standard issue
for DataDyne guards, especially those in Lucerne Tower. The secondary
fire allows you to "tag" enemies as you pass your aiming reticle over
them. Once you tag them, the gun will track them and you can simply
hold down the trigger to clear the room of them, as it follows rather
well. This only works as long as the enemy stays in your line of
sight, and is more useful when you donít mind wasting ammo. Double
Potential.
Cyclone:
Primary: Rapid Fire; 50 9mm Bullets per Clip; Fire Rate: Very Fast
Secondary: Magazine Discharge; Fire Rate: Extremely Fast
Built as a weapon for supplying suppression fire over large areas and
used by the Presidential bodyguards. This machine gun isnít all that
accurate, but his has a large magazine to make up for it. At an insane
fire rate and even less accuracy, one touch of the trigger on secondary
empties your magazine in a couple of seconds. This can easily lay
waste to a pack of bad guys. This one also wins my award for "Coolest
Reload", where you slide a large clip through a slot, and itís spat out
the other side, the bullets entered into the magazine. Double
potential.
Callisto NTG:
Primary: Rapid Fire; 32 9mm Bullets per Clip; Fire Rate: Fast
Secondary: High-Impact Shells; Fire Rate: Medium
This is the Maian assault weapon. It, like all Maian weapons, is a
finely made piece of equipment with few drawbacks. The secondary mode
is more useful for facing down strong single opponents, like Skedar.
The primary mode is better for multiple targets. Accuracy is good in
both modes.
RC-P120:
Primary: Rapid Fire; 120 9mm Bullets per Clip; Fire Rate: Very Fast
Secondary: Cloaking Device
The descendant of the famed RC-P90, this lovely weapon sports great
accuracy, a huge magazine, and a high fire rate. Coupled with the
Cloaking, which runs off ammo at the rate of about five seconds per
full clip, this is a gun for the ages. As with all Cloaking Devices,
youíre invisible as long as you donít fire.
Laptop Gun:
Primary: Rapid Fire; 50 9mm Bullets per Clip; Fire Rate: Very Fast
Secondary: Sentry Gun Placement; Fire Rate: Very Fast
Scope: 2X
My personal favorite. This weapon is a machine gun disguised as a
laptop PC. When unfolded, it is a very accurate and useful automatic.
The secondary fire is what puts the icing on the cake. By sacrificing
the gun and all your 9mm ammo, you can toss the gun onto the floor,
wall, or ceiling. Any hostiles that enter the area will be riddled
with its bullets. This sentry gun does take a while to turn, and you
do have to sacrifice your entire supply of 9mm bullets, but itís worth
it to have a gun you can rely on in such situations. If you want it
back, you CAN pick it up again just by pressing B next to it. Another
small drawback to this gun is deployment of the primary mode takes a
couple of seconds, which can be seriously problematic in a firefight.
Rifle Automatics:
Maximum rifle ammo capacity is 400.
Dragon:
Primary: Rapid Fire; 30 Rifle Bullets per Clip; Fire Rate: Fast
Secondary: Proximity Mine
Scope: 2X
A DataDyne made weapon issued to the military; this automatic rifle is
used mostly by guards in Area 51. This is a basic and reliable design,
with a nasty surprise built in. At the cost of sacrificing the gun,
but not the ammo, a proximity device on the barrel can be activated
that will send any grabbers of the gun to the next plane of existence.
K7 Avenger:
Primary: Burst Fire; 25 Rifle Bullets per Clip; Fire Rate: Fast
Secondary: Threat Detector; Fire Rate: Medium
Scope: 3X
This is an experimental weapon at the beginning of the game, and ends
up being standard for DataDyne assault troops by the end. The Avenger
is a decent automatic, with some good power to it. The only serious
drawback is a small magazine. The Threat Detector spots and highlights
any mines or automatic guns in your line of sight. You can still fire
your gun while in this mode, so the only reason you'd want it off is
maybe if you really don't like seeing a lot of outlining popups in a
mine-rich area...
AR34:
Primary: Burst Fire; 30 Rifle Bullets per Clip; Fire Rate: Fast
Secondary: Scope Lock
Scope: 3X
This automatic rifle is the only widespread assault weapon made by the
Carrington Institute. The CI would rather not make a noise when
eliminating its enemies, but this will do fine in a pinch. The
secondary function allows you to move around while zoomed in with the
scope. A good weapon, given little other choice, which will sometimes
be the case.
SuperDragon:
Primary: Rapid Fire; 30 Rifle Bullets per Clip; Fire Rate: Fast
Secondary: Grenade Launcher; 6 Grenade Rounds per Clip; Fire Rate:
Medium-Slow
Scope: 2X
Big brother to the volatile Dragon, this gun would rather take out its
explosive tendencies on others than itself. Replacing the mine, the
SuperDragon has a grenade launcher attached that can fire
standard-yield floor-impact grenade rounds. Definitely a good
crowd-clearing weapon. Just be careful where you aim so you donít take
down any mission-critical characters, or yourself...
Maximum Grenade Round Capacity is 50.
Other Major Guns:
Shotgun:
Primary: Shotgun Blast; 9 Shells per Clip; Fire Rate: Slow
Secondary: Double Blast; Fire Rate: Slow
A nice power weapon, the DataDyne Shotgun takes a REALLY long time to
reload, so the only perceivable difference between modes, besides
amount of damage, is that you empty your gun faster. This is
particularly useful for packs, as the spread has an easy chance of
wounding most of the pack, lining them up for a second farewell.
Maximum shell capacity is 100.
Reaper:
Primary: Reapage; 200 Reaper Bullets per Clip; Fire Rate: Extremely Fast
Secondary: Grinder
Reapage is not a word, but I donít think the Skedar really cared about
that when they made this insane and unruly automatic.
This...gun...fires its bullets in a very wide spread and very rapidly.
It takes a few seconds to really get going, but once it does, get out
of the way. The secondary mode is good when you want to conserve ammo
on the weapon, as if that were ever a concern. Itís very damaging to
humans, but Skedar have built up a resistance to the blades, which
isnít great considering you only get to use it on the final mission.
Maximum Reaper ammo is 800.
Sniper Rifle:
Primary: Single Shot; 8 Rifle Bullets per Clip; Fire Rate: Medium with
Trigger Pull
Secondary: Crouch
Scope: 1X to 30X (adjustable)
A lovely stealth weapon from our friends at the Carrington Institute,
this incredibly high-powered rifle makes shooting from afar a breeze.
The secondary function is necessary as the crouch function will be
replaced by the zoom in/zoom out function when the rifle is up.
Crouching will improve your aim on long-distance shots.
Farsight XR-20:
Primary: Rail-Gun Effect: 8 Orbs per Clip; Fire Rate: Slow
Secondary: Target Locator
Scope: X-Ray
Forget the Sniper Rifle. Itís really nice to be able to hit an enemy
when they arenít able to see you at all. Combining an X-Ray Scanner
with high-powered shots that can easily pass through any wall, this
magical Maian item is the ultimate sniper weapon. The gun is rather
tough to use without the Target Locator, though, as said Locator
automatically tracks enemies, zooming in and out accordingly. The
turning while zoomed is turtle-like, however, so beware. Maximum Orb
capacity is 100.
Explosive Guns:
Devastator:
Primary: Grenade Launcher; 8 Grenade Rounds per Clip; Fire Rate: Medium
Secondary: Wall Hugger Effect
Another DataDyne creation, this launcher has an interesting secondary
mode in addition to its standard grenade round scheme. The Wall Hugger
magnetizes the grenade for a few seconds, allowing it to stick to
surfaces, to later fall to the ground. I havenít found this mode too
useful, myself, but I imagine it will be helpful if being chased from
behind. Maximum Grenade Round Capacity is 50.
Rocket Launcher:
Primary: Rocket Launch; 1 Rocket Clip; Fire Rate: N/A
Secondary: Targeted Rocket
This is a standard, yet rather compact, Rocket Launcher from DataDyne.
The Launcher is designed as a secondary mode to lock onto its target
and track the sucker to the end, or until it hits something.
Particularly useful in open areas, but not as fast as firing primary,
dumb rockets. Maximum Rocket capacity is 3.
Slayer:
Primary: Rocket Launch; 1 Rocket Clip; Fire Rate: N/A
Secondary: Fly-By-Wire Rocket
What could be more fun that homing a rocket in on an adversary? How
ëbout controlling the rocket and doing the homing yourself? It leaves
you vulnerable, but activating the secondary mode on this Skedar-made
weapon will allow you to control the rocket in flight. Definitely fun
and effective, if not practical at all in a melee. Maximum Rocket
capacity is 3.
Special Weapons:
Combat Knife:
Primary: Knife Slash; Rate: Medium
Secondary: Poison Knife Throw; Capacity: 10, Throw Rate: Slow
Follow me on this one. The knife has a vial of poison secreted in it,
that will only shatter when the knife is thrown, not slashed.
Confused? Donít worry too much about it. The knife will do more
damage than a punch, and the poison in a thrown knife will drop your
adversary in about six seconds. Double potential.
Crossbow:
Primary: Sedate; 5 Bolts per Clip; Fire Rate: Fast with Trigger Pull
Secondary: Instant Kill
The only time youíd want to use the Primary Sedate function is in Solo
Missions when you have neutral folk you donít want to kill. Otherwise,
this quiet weapon can keep you well hidden when you want to be. Its
reload time is abysmal though. Maximum number of Bolts is 69. Odd
number...
Tranquilizer:
Primary: Sedate; 8 Doses per Clip; Fire Rate: Fast with Trigger Pull
Secondary: Lethal Injection; Rate: Slow
Using the Tranquilizer on an enemy can seriously put them on an acid
trip. Swimmy vision affects bad guys the same way it effects you. A
lethal injection uses half the stuff in a clip, but itís an easy way to
finish the job you started with the drugs. Unfortunately, you have to
be right next to your adversary to hit him with the lethal injection.
Maximum number of Doses is 200.
Laser:
Primary: Pulse Fire; Fire Rate: Medium with Trigger Pull
Secondary: Short Range Stream
A very nice weapon, the Laser combines both the Moonraker Laser, and
the Watch Laser in one weapon. Unfortunately, you only use this weapon
once in the game. The fact that thereís infinite ammo helps a lot,
though.
Placed Explosives:
Grenade:
Primary: 4-Second Fuse; Capacity: 12
Secondary: Proximity Pinball
Standard-yield explosives with a cute little twist. The primary is
rather self-explanatory, while the secondary activates a small rocket
nozzle, or something, that causes the grenade to bounce rather high,
and indefinitely, until it hits something organic.
Timed Mine:
Primary: Time Mine; Capacity: 10
Secondary: Threat Detector
Has the same Threat Detector as the Avenger, except you canít use the
mines when itís active. Mine fuse is about 4 seconds.
Proximity Mine:
Primary: Proximity Mine; Capacity: 10
Secondary: Threat Detector
Yep. Same Threat Detector. Nope. Canít place mines while using it.
Proximity mines are pretty self-explanatory. Donít get close.
Remote Mine:
Primary: Remote Mine; Capacity: 10
Secondary: Detonate
The secondary mode for these little puppies is the detonate command,
but you can just as easily do it with the old Goldeneye quick-detonate
trick. Hit B and A together to detonate all Remote Mines. It will
only work if you have the mines in hand, though...
N-Bomb:
Primary: Impact Explosion; Capacity: 10
Secondary: Proximity Explosion
Much safer in the secondary mode, the N-Bomb is a neutron bomb for your
pocket. Its explosion spans about a fifty-foot diameter and about ten
feet high. It doesnít have the power of normal explosions, but it will
shake you up as well as any fist to the head, not to mention
continually causing damage as you stand in the blast radius. Youíll
know an N-Bomb has exploded when you see your surroundings get dark.
*****************************************************************
*****************************************************************
5. Gadgets
What spy would have fun performing these dangerous assignments without
the benefit of futuristic gadgets? Not any spy I know... Perfect
Dark doesnít skimp at all when it gives you the goods in this
department...
Data Uplink:
No spy would be ready to tackle on this futuristic Internet generation
without some sort of all-purpose hacking, cracking, searching,
uploading, downloading, wireless tool. If thereís anything technical
that needs to be done, rest assured your Data Uplink will handle the
job. If it canít hack on itís own, itíll link to the CI, where Grimshaw
and his tech friends will work on it themselves. Itís not omnipotent
about computer systems, though, so there may be times where you may
need some outside help in addition to the Uplink...
CamSpy:
Another very nice tool, this little bugger is your eyes and ears when
you canít get to certain areas. By controlling it remotely, you can
wheel it to areas that may be either too small, or too dangerous to
access. It can open doors and hover a short distance, as well. There
are two modifications to the CamSpy in existence. The DrugSpy, which
carries a supply of 10 tranquilizing darts, and the BombSpy, which
carries...a far nastier surprise. ^_^
Night Vision:
The game is called Perfect Dark, after all. Slipping these beauties on
will give you a more green outlook on life. Characters will be seen as
a bright green against the black and dark green background of the
terrain. This is very useful in the dark, but the second you step into
the light, the goggles overload and you canít see a thing. Bummer.
Radar Tracker:
Similar to the Goldeneye radar, this device brings up a radar screen in
the corner that shows where you are in relation to other
mission-critical objects or characters. A blip pointing up is
indicating that the target is above you spatially, while a down arrow
blip indicates a target below you.
Combat Boost:
Iíve heard several people complaining about the usefulness of this
thing. Itís VERY useful. It seems to slow down everything, and for
the gameís sake, thatís exactly what it does. The only thing thatís
not slowed down is you, the player, the person with the controller.
This means your reaction time is now greatly improved compared to
what's happening in the game, allowing you to be far more precise with
your hits. A fine item indeed.
X-Ray Scanner:
These goggles allow you to see through walls, literally. The range is
short, but anything behind a wall will become visible to you. Be
careful, though, as you wonít be able to see anything directly in front
of you. This is also useful for specific mission objectives that
require you to take a close look at certain things.
Horizon Scanner:
Basically, this is a really fancy set of binoculars. You canít fire
while using it, but itís useful for scouting terrain ahead. It can
zoom up to 31X.
IR Scanner:
Enemies canít hide from you when you detect the heat radiating from
them with this beauty. Everything looks red, and characters glow
bright red. This works even if enemies are using cloaking devices to
hide from you. Speaking of which...
Cloaking Device:
An alien crystal is used in this device to bend light around its bearer
making them almost completely invisible. I say almost, as there is the
tiniest amount of distortion left over. Also, any time the field is
jarred, visibility temporarily returns. Jarred, like say, if a bullet
was fired or something...
Other gadgets will also be available to you throughout the game, but
these are the major ones. Iíll explain more about certain gadgets as
they come up.
*****************************************************************
*****************************************************************
6. Carrington Institute
This is your base of operations. You can consider this your
information hub, and your training grounds. You begin upstairs in your
office in front of your PC. Access it with B to return to the Main
Menu you started from. You can do the same by pressing START anywhere.
Oustide your office is the upstairs hallway. To your right is Daniel
Carringtonís office. You can go in and say hi, but thatís about it.
To your left along the hallway is the Information Room, and further on
is the Device Lab.
In the Information Room, your buddy, the wormy Grimshaw will be tending
to things. On the PC on the left hand side is information regarding
characters and the story of the game. It will be updated as more is
revealed.
The PC on the right contains a record of the Cheats youíve amassed.
Itís not all that convenient, as you also can access them from the Main
Menu, but there you go.
The Device Lab contains small training missions to familiarize you with
the various gadgets in the game. It would behoove you to go through
each of these. Iíll explain the training after the whole description
of the Institute.
There are two elevators to get you to ground floor level. There are
two doors on this level. The door on the right is the Holographic
Training Room, or the Holo Room. You can use this to familiarize
yourself with basic movement and some unarmed combat.
The door on the left leads to the Firing Range. This place allows you
to practice with the guns youíve found during the game. On the walls
youíll notice a few familiar-looking guns. What could they be for,
hmm? On the PC, youíll find a listing of all the weapons youíve found
and youíll get a rolling description of each one. Enter the Range
proper, and hit the PC there to practice with your weapons. There are
three difficulty levels to each weapon, and youíll be able to practice
with every weapon in the game as you find them, with the exception of
Unarmed, since thereís no projectile involved, and the N-Bomb, which
really doesnít lend to practice given the magnitude of its explosion.
There is a ramp leading down on the far side of the ground floor. At
the bottom youíll see a jetbike parked on the pad. You can hop on by
hitting B twice and practice riding around. You canít go far, but itís
good to familiarize yourself with this vehicle.
Heading through the complex corridors in the storage area, youíll
eventually come to the main hangar. Behind the rather rude lab tech,
youíll find a PC that will display vehicles and locations youíve
encountered so far.
*****************************************************************
Device Lab:
Data Uplink: Grab the Uplink on the table, go over to the PC near the
wall, and push Z. Itíll start working. As long as you donít move,
itíll finish hacking and open the secret door.
ECM Mine: Enter the secret door you just opened and turn right. Go to
the end of the hallway and youíll see an opening. Out of your reach on
the other side is the "security hub". Toss your mine onto it. This
tests your throwing of critical items, which will become important
later.
CamSpy: Turn left as you enter the secret door. Youíll come to a
lower duct area. You can crawl through this, but you might as well
practice and get used to the CamSpy. Activate it and send it through
the ducts. Bear to the right so that you get to the correct vent door.
Youíll know youíre at the right one when you see the Info Room on the
other side. Use the Top C button to levitate yourself and press Z to
snap your picture of the Info Room PC.
Night Vision: Bear to the left as you pass through the secret door.
Youíll see a darkened area. Enter and activate your Night Vision. The
light switch will be to your right.
Door Decoder: Turn right and then left to get to the door and its
activation console. Simply use the Decoder while looking at the
console and itíll open in a few seconds.
R-Tracker: Go through the new door and activate the R-Tracker. The
blip will be in front and to the left of you. Take the second left on
this new hallway to get to the IR Scanner.
IR Scanner: Go through the new door and activate the Scanner. Take the
first left and follow the passage until you see a highlighted wall.
Activate the wall to open the door.
X-Ray Scanner: Go through the new secret door you just opened and
continue until you see an expansion in the hallway. On your left and
right are the consoles you need to hit, but you need to activate the
Scanner to see them. Itís a little disorienting.
Disguise: Put on the Disguise when you pick it up. Go into the duct
system and head for the Info Room. Of course, Grimshaw wonít be at all
suspicious to see a well-dressed person walk out of the duct system.
Yeah, right...
Cloaking Device: Head through the secret door to the laser grid area
you shut off using the X-Ray Scanner. Activate the Cloak and continue
to the end of the hallway. Walk up to Carrington and deactivate the
device, or you can have a laugh and punch him, too...
*****************************************************************
Holographic Training Room:
Training 1 - Looking Around: The four panels you need to look at are to
your right on the floor, to the left high on the wall, to your right on
the ceiling, and in the back on the ceiling. Look at all of the panels
and activate the ones on the wall.
Training 2 - Movement 1: Walk up to either the far left or far right
panel and hit it, then quickly strafe to the next, slowing down a bit
as you reach it. Activate all four in this way. You have about five
seconds after the first one is hit.
Training 3 - Movement 2: Youíll need to duck once to get under the
lasers to reach the panel on your left, and youíll need to duck twice
to get the one on the far wall.
Training 4 - Unarmed Combat 1: Your first enemy will stand and take the
punch you give him like a man. Your second will try to evade you, and
the third will try to punch you, too. Keep moving for the third one.
Training 5 - Unarmed Combat 2: Switch to Disarm. Hit the first one in
the back of the head as he walks around. For the second one, heíll
always be facing you, and can only be knocked out from the back. The
solution is to hide behind the wall. Do this, and heíll start
patrolling. Run up behind him as heís walking way and belt him.
Immediately run behind the wall. The third guard will shoot back, and
heís a very good shot. Disarming wonít work. Switch back to punch and
pop out of the wall just long enough for him to take some shots at you.
After he stops run up and smack him.
Training 6 - Live Combat 1: There are four guards running around here,
ready to punch your lights out. Keep moving and throwing punches.
They usually can only get a hit on you when you stop moving.
Training 7 - Live Combat 2: There is one unarmed guard on either side
of you, and threearmed and good shots on the far end. Strafe around
the wall and attract the attention of the two unarmed. Then pop up
from behind the wall, let them get a few shots off, and disarm one of
them, and run back behind the wall. After that you can either punch or
shoot them.
*****************************************************************
Firing Range:
Earning Gold Medals for certain guns in this place gives you access to
some of the coolest classic weapons from Goldeneye.
You can only use guns here when youíve handled them in the Solo
Missions.
IMPORTANT: When I say targets "move in a circle". They donít actually
go in a circle. They move in a counter-clockwise square manner around
a specified area. Itís just a lot easier to say "They circle" than the
alternative.
Each Practice Trial has requirements. These may include:
Score - Hitting the yellow gets you 10 points. Hitting the red gets
you 5. Hitting the blue gets you 2, and hitting the brown gets you 1
point. Destroying a target with explosives gets you 10 points. Only
hits on the front side of a target will be registered as hits. Back
hits will not count at all.
Time - All missions require you to be done in a certain amount of time.
Standard Bronze time is 2 minutes. Many of the Silver and Gold are
shorter.
Ammo - Some Trials start you with a limited amount of ammunition. If
not listed, it provides you with unlimited ammo.
Targets - Most targets take a certain number of hits anywhere on the
front before shattering. If not listed, assume that either the target
doesnít explode, or you probably wonít need to hit it enough times to
make it explode.
In a few situations, youíll have both a score objective AND a target
objective. Be sure to get the score first, as sometimes youíll have a
limited number of targets.
Most times not all of your targets will be visible at once. Once you
destroy one, the next will appear, and so on. In other words, if I say
there are one, two, or three targets, that means that more may be
invisible, but will become visible when one is destroyed.
Accuracy - A few Trials require you to be accurate to a certain degree.
This counts by times you hit the front of a target over total shots.
Falcon 2 -
Bronze - Score 120 in 2 minutes. Your three targets are stationary,
and each will stand up to 8 shots. Aim for the bulls-eye and fire away.
Silver - Score 80 in 15 seconds. The one target will move from side to
side and each will stand up to 8 shots. Some say itís helpful to
strafe as the target moves. I find it easier to wait for it to stop,
then unloading your gun on it.
Gold - Score 170 in 10 seconds with 24 bullets. The five targets will
move in an Lshaped pattern, starting at the back right, moving left all
the way, moving forward halfway, moving right halfway, moving forward
the other half, moving right the other half, and moving all the way
back. Completing this one is a bit easier if you go on the right side
and shoot as the target moves back. Bulls-eyes com easier this way.
Each target handles 8 shots.
Falcon 2 (silenced) -
Bronze - Score 120 in 2 minutes. The one target will flip over every
few seconds and takes 8 shots. Naturally, donít shoot when itís
flipped.
Silver - Score 30 and destroy 9 targets in 2 minutes. There are nine
targets lined up in rows of three, and they only take one shot. Just
aim decent and you shouldnít have too much trouble.
Gold - Score 80 and destroy 3 targets in 30 seconds. The one target
flips as it moves side to side and takes up to 12 shots. Youíre going
to want to concentrate on hitting the target as opposed to accuracy,
here.
Falcon 2 (scope) -
Bronze - Score 120 in 2 minutes. The three targets will remain
stationary and each take 8 shots. The only difference between this and
the Bronze Falcon 2 is the targets are farther off, making you take
advantage of the scope.
Silver - Score 120 in 2 minutes and have 80% accuracy. The one target
circles around and takes 8 shots. Like the Falcon 2 Gold, only fire
when itís moving forward or back.
Gold - Score 80 in 10 seconds with 8 shots. The one target moves side
to side and takes 8 bullets, so wait until it stops, line up your sight,
and fire into the bulls-eye. Gotta be perfect.
MagSec 4 -
Bronze - Score 135 in 2 minutes. The one target flips and each take 9
shots.
Silver - Score 135 in 2 minutes and 18 shots. There are six targets
that flip and one back-facing target that moves side to side to block
you. The targets take 3 shots each. You have time, so take careful
aim.
Gold - Score 80 and destroy 4 targets in 12 seconds. There are only
four targets that circle and flip as they stop. Each target takes 3
shots. Accuracy is key here.
Mauler -
Bronze - Score 200 in 2 minutes. The one target moves back and forth
and takes 20 shots. Use Single Shot.
Silver - Destroy 8 targets in 20 seconds and with 50 bullets. The
eight targets are circling. One Charge-Up shot will take out each of
them.
Gold - Destroy 6 targets in 15 seconds and with 35 bullets. The six
targets are lined up in two rows and flip. Use your ammo wisely. One
Charge-Up will take care of a target, but you donít have enough in a
clip for a full load of charged shots. With the remaining left over
from the bottom of a clip, hit one, then come back and hit it later at
the end.
Phoenix -
Bronze - Score 90 in 2 minutes. Two targets circle and flip. Each
takes 8 shots. Use the Single Shot.
Silver - Destroy 8 targets in 2 minutes and with 18 shots. Three
targets move side to side and flip as they stop. Use the Explosive
Shells.
Gold - Destroy 6 targets in 20 seconds with 3 shots. The six targets
move side to side in two target rows. Fire an Explosive Shell as the
two targets come together. They move fast, so be quick about it.
DY357 Magnum -
Bronze - Score 90 in 2 minutes. One target flips over and can take 6
shots. You safely have one shot for each flip, but hitting the fire
button a split second before the target turns may give you enough time
for a second shot, but itís really not worth rushing.
Silver - Score 80 in 2 minutes and with 3 bullets. There are nine
targets in three rows and each can only stand up to one shot. The
trick here is to remember that Magnum bullets penetrate. Line up your
shot as perfect as possible and bulls-eye all three in a line.
Gold - Score 50 in 12 seconds with 5 bullets. There are nine targets
that flip and take one shot each. Bulls-eyes are all thatíll count.
DY357-LX -
Bronze - Score 90 in 2 minutes. One target moves in a circle and each
take 6 shots.
Silver - Score 200 in 30 seconds. Three targets move side to side and
each take 6 shots. Doing this one in the time limit means hitting all
three targets as they converge in the middle. Itís not easy,
especially with the delay of a magnum shot.
Gold - Score 100 in 50 seconds and 12 bullets. The one target moves
side to side and flips. It wonít be destroyed. Accuracy is your
biggest problem here.
CMP150 -
Bronze - Score 240 in 2 minutes. Three targets flip and each take 32
shots.
Silver - Destroy 4 targets in 2 minutes and 80 bullets. Four targets
circle and flip. Each take 12 shots. Lock-on may help, but isnít
necessary.
Gold - Score 350 and destroy 6 targets in 20 seconds. Three targets
circle and each take 12 shots. Just be fast and accurate. Itís not
that hard.
Cyclone -
Bronze - Score 750 in 2 minutes. Three stationary targets take 50
shots each. Use regular Burst Fire.
Silver - Destroy 5 targets in 20 seconds. Two targets move back and
forth and take 25 shots each. It might be a good idea to use Magazine
Discharge, but youíll miss more. Itís up to you.
Gold - Score 400 and destroy 1 target in 18 seconds. There is one
stationary and two side to side targets. Each takes 25 shots. Worry
about accuracy here.
Callisto NTG -
Bronze - Score 480 in 2 minutes. There are six stationary targets
arranged in two rows. Each takes 32 shots. Rapid Fire is faster, but
High-Impact Shells will effectively double your score. The choice is
yours.
Silver - Destroy 1 target in 30 seconds. Thereís only one target
available, and itís behind three back-facing targets. Use High-Impact
Shells. The target takes 40 shots.
Gold - Score 250 and destroy 2 targets in 20 seconds. There are 9
flipping targets. Each target takes 20 shots.
RC-P120 -
Bronze - Score a whopping 1000 in 2 minutes. There is one stationary,
indestructible target. Take aim and empty your magazine into the
target.
Silver - Score 300 in 20 seconds. The thing about these three targets
is that, unless youíre cloaked, they wonít flip around for you to shoot.
Activate Cloaking and shoot the targets as they come around. Each of
the three takes 20 shots.
Gold - Destroy 9 targets in 20 seconds with 180 bullets. There are
three peeking targets in front of six stationary targets. Cloaking
will be risky since it chews up so much ammo.
Laptop Gun -
Bronze - Score 750 in 30 seconds. There are three stationary targets.
Each takes 50 shots. Even with the time limit, this should be no
problem considering the Laptopís rate of fire and accuracy.
Silver - Score 90 and destroy 3 targets in 20 seconds. The problem
here is that the three targets are back facing and wonít turn around.
Solution? Use the Sentry Gun. Toss it underneath the three targets.
Itíll open up on them and hopefully youíll take them all out.
Gold - Score 750 and destroy 2 targets in 15 seconds and with 250
bullets. Three targets circle around and each can handle 50 shots.
Just be good is all I can say.
Dragon -
Bronze - Score 450 in 2 minutes. There are three targets that flip.
Each takes 30 shots.
Silver - Destroy 1 target in 10 seconds and with 1 bullet. The target
moves back and forth. Impossible? Not at all. Simply toss the Dragon
using the secondary fire. When the target crosses the gun, itíll blow
up.
Gold - Score 500 in 15 seconds and be 90% accurate. Two targets move
side to side at different speeds and three targets lined up behind
flip. All are indestructible. Accuracy counts a lot, plus the ability
to move with the targets.
K7 Avenger -
Bronze - Score 375 in 2 minutes. There is one stationary target at a
time and it takes 25 shots.
Silver - Destroy 4 targets in 2 minutes and with 4 bullets. There are
five targets arranged haphazardly around. The trick to it is to use
your Threat Detector. There are a few mined targets. Shoot those with
one burst (2 bullets) and you should take out a second one for each.
Gold - Destroy 3 targets in 15 seconds with 30 bullets. The three
targets flip and are at fairly long range. Use only ten bullets for
each one. This is definitely one of the more challenging ones...
AR34 -
Bronze - Score 450 in 2 minutes. Three targets move forward and back,
and each one takes 30 shots.
Silver - Destroy 9 targets in 2 minutes and with 120 bullets. Three
targets at a time circle and can be destroyed in 10 shots each.
Gold - Score 500 in 20 seconds and with 100% accuracy. There is but
one indestructible target moving from side to side. This is easily the
hardest one, especially due to the accuracy constraint. My advice is
to crouch real low and only shoot a few shots while itís moving and
empty your magazine when it stops.
SuperDragon -
Bronze - Score 450 in 2 minutes. There is only one target at a time
that moves side to side. Each takes 30 shots.
Silver - Destroy 9 targets in 2 minutes with 9 bullets and 9 grenades.
The nine targets flip. Obviously, youíll be using grenades for this
one.
Gold - Destroy 5 targets in 30 seconds with 60 bullets and 4 grenades.
One target is in the center and can take 15 shots, while the other four
circle and flip and can take 25 shots. One grenade destroys any of
them. Use the grenades on the moving ones and shots on the stationary
one.
Shotgun -
Bronze - Score 240 in 2 minutes. There is one stationary target at a
time and each takes 11 pellets or 2 blasts since shotguns fire 10
pellets.
Silver - Destroy 9 targets in 30 seconds. Three targets move side to
side, but no more than two are in the same plane. Each target takes 10
pellets, or one full blast. An easy way to do this is to use the
Double Blast, which will shatter two if well-aimed.
Gold - Score 170 in 20 seconds with 30 shells. One target moves side
to side and two flip. All are indestructible. This one isnít too hard.
Reaper -
Bronze - Score 1000 in 2 minutes. The three targets flip and each
takes 100 shots. This isnít hard, but it will take a bit due to the
erratic nature of the Reaper.
Silver - Destroy 18 targets in 30 seconds. Three stationary targets
are up at a time and each can take a mere 8 shots. Of course, with the
lousy aim on the Reaper, youíll go through far more than the 144
required.
Gold - Score 750 and destroy 1 target in 30 seconds. There are three
targets that circle. Due to the famous lousy aim, I couldnít get a
solid number for target resistance. My best estimation is 150, though.
Crouching helps a LOT with the Reaper.
Sniper Rifle -
Bronze - Score 120 in 2 minutes. There are three stationary targets at
incredibly long range. Each falls in 8 shots. Take your time and
crouch. Scope all the way down, and you should have no trouble at all.
Silver - Score 120 in 2 minutes with 90% accuracy. The three targets
at extreme range now flip and take 8 shots. If you find yourself short
on accuracy as you close in on the target score, just take some 1 point
shots at the targets to increase it.
Gold - Score 150 in 12 seconds in 15 shots. There are three targets
that move forward and back and each takes 5 shots. All bulls-eyes
here, and you have to be quick about it. Crouching may not be the best
idea here, since you have to stand in front of each target and strafe
down to it. Keep your zoom about midrange of the targets. Good luck.
Farsight XR-20 -
Bronze - Destroy 3 targets in 2 minutes. Each of the three stationary
targets takes three shots. Simply use the Target Locator and you
should have no trouble at all.
Silver - Destroy 6 targets in 15 seconds. There are three blocking
targets in front of you, hiding the six flippers in back. Use the
Target Locator again. They all fall in one.
Gold - Score 40 and destroy 6 targets in 20 seconds and with 3 shots.
Five of the six targets are stationary, and the sixth moves side to
side. They all go down with one shot. Use the Rail Gun Effect and
focus on the most distant target on the left to get three in one. Then
shoot the middle one while the side to side crosses its path.
Devastator -
Bronze - Destroy 6 targets in 2 minutes. Three stationary targets at a
time are here.
Silver - Destroy 6 targets in 50 seconds and with 10 grenades. Three
of the targets move forward and back, and the other three are at very
long range. Use the Wall Hugger on one of the movers in hopes of
blowing up the back ones when it falls.
Gold - Destroy 6 targets in 30 seconds with 6 grenades. One target at
a time flips. There are ones at long range that you need to be careful
about gauging your shot. Fire at the pole on the top of the targets
for the really long ones.
Rocket Launcher -
Bronze - Destroy 9 targets in 2 minutes. The nine targets are in three
rows. Let the rockets fly.
Silver - Destroy 18 targets in 2 minutes with 18 rockets. Eight
targets at a time move in a circle. Aim for the ones coming towards
you to pick up some extras.
Gold - Score 40 and destroy 4 targets in 30 seconds with 4 rockets.
The four targets circle and flip. Fire before they flip back. Thereís
some timing to consider for the furthest two.
Slayer -
Bronze - Destroy 6 targets in 2 minutes. One target at a time flips.
Fly-By-Wire probably isnít necessary.
Silver - Score 40 and destroy 4 targets in 2 minutes with 6 rockets.
The four targets circle. Fly-By-Wire is a big help here.
Gold - Score 60 and destroy 6 targets in 40 seconds with 8 rockets.
Three at a time move side to side and flip. Fly-By-Wire is a help
here, too.
Combat Knife -
Bronze - Score 72 in 2 minutes. The one indestructible target remains
stationary. Why 72?
Silver - Score 90 in 2 minutes with 18 knives. There are three targets
that flip. Each target goes down in 6 hits.
Gold - Score 80 and destroy 8 targets in 30 seconds. The eight targets
circle. All go down in one hit, so every throw has to count. Hit the
ones nearest you for best results.
Crossbow -
Bronze - Score 72 in 2 minutes. The three indestructible targets
remain stationary.
Silver - Score 90 in 2 minutes with 20 bolts. The three stationary
targets are further back and are still indestructible.
Gold - Score 150 in 30 seconds. The solitary target moves side to side
and flips. No tricks here. Just be accurate.
Tranquilizer -
Bronze - Score 120 in 2 minutes. The eight targets move in a circle
and are destroyed with eight shots each.
Silver - Score 250 in 20 seconds. Three flipper targets can stand up
to 8 shots each. Accuracyís a cruel mistress...
Gold - Destroy 18 targets in 15 seconds with 18 shots. One stationary
target at a time goes down with one hit. You have to be really fast
here. Less than a shot a second. The targets pop up all over the
place, too. Definitely one of the harder ones.
Laser -
Bronze - Score 250 in 2 minutes. The three targets are stationary and
indestrucible.
Silver - Score 180 in 20 seconds with 80% accuracy. The indestructible
target flips as it moves side to side.
Gold - Score 250 in 20 seconds with 100% accuracy. Three targets
moving back and forth each take 12 shots. The fact that theyíre moving
back and forth gives you some room to breathe, but donít relax too much.
Grenade -
Bronze - Destroy 3 targets in 2 minutes. There is one stationary at a
time. Oddly enough, the harder ones to hit are the closer ones. The
far ones can be hit with Prox. Pinball, while you have to drop the
close ones.
Silver - Destroy 18 targets in 30 seconds. There are three stationary
targets at a time. Same rules apply here.
Gold - Destroy 4 targets in 30 seconds and with 6 grenades. One target
flips and moves in a circle at a time. Same game. Timing now has to
be considered with the targets only stopping for a short time.
Timed Mine -
Bronze - Destroy 3 targets in 2 minutes. The three stationary targets
flip, but since the explosion reaches to the other side, there are no
worries. Just toss one on the middle one.
Silver - Destroy 6 targets in 2 minutes using 6 mines. Three are three
targets moving back and forth in front of three stationary targets.
Itís possible to hit the targets in the back by throwing, but itís
easier just to place a mine on one of the targets just as itís about to
move back.
Gold - Score 60 and destroy 6 targets in 12 seconds with one mine.
Once again, there are three targets moving back and forth in front of
three stationary targets. Toss the mine towards the back row in the
middle and youíll get them all.
Proximity Mine -
Bronze - Destroy 3 targets in two minutes. Just throw the mine onto
the middle one and watch the fireworks.
Silver - Destroy 3 targets in two minutes with 6 mines. The three
targets move forward and back. Just lay in their flight path and you
should have no problem.
Gold - Destroy 5 targets in 30 seconds with 4 mines. Three move
forward and back and the other two move side to side behind them and
flip. Toss one in the back and watch the fireworks.
Remote Mine -
Bronze - Destroy 3 targets in two minutes. Like the other Bronze Mine
Trials, just toss one in the middle. Slap the B & A buttons.
Silver - Destroy 4 targets in 2 minutes with 4 mines. The four targets
circle and flip. Shouldnít be trouble, though. Just get the arc down.
Gold - Destroy 7 targets in 12 seconds with 2 mines. Six of the seven
move side to side, and one remains stationary. Go for the back ones
first.
Phew. Glad thatís done. Arenít you?
Now for the fun part.
As I said, beating certain Trial unlocks the classic weapons you see in
the glass cases. You can access these by opening the Cheat menu and
going under Classic Weapons in Solo. Unfortunately, it's very
confusing and not all of them can be determined by going straight
through. I've posted as many as I can figure for sure...
Beat: Falcon 2, Falcon 2 (silenced), and Falcon 2 (scope)
Earn: PP9i, AKA PP7.
This gun was Bondís sidearm. Single Shot, 7 Pistol Bullets per Clip.
Fire Rate: Fast with Trigger Pull
Beat: MagSec 4, Mauler, Phoenix, DY357 Magnum, and DY357-LX.
Earn: CC13, AKA DD44 Dostovei.
This was a powerful officerís pistol. Single Shot, 8 Pistol Bullets
per Clip. Fire Rate: Fast with Trigger Pull
Beat: CMP150, Cyclone, Callisto NTG, and RC-P120.
Earn: KLO1313, AKA Klobb.
Get it? B? 13? They kinda work. Anyway, this is a noisy and
inaccurate machine pistol. Rapid Fire, 20 9mm Bullets per Clip. Fire
Rate: Fast
Beat: Laptop Gun, Dragon, K7 Avenger, AR34, and SuperDragon.
Earn: KF7 Special, AKA KF7 Soviet.
Standard Russian guardís rifle. Burst Fire, 30 Rifle Bullets per
Clip. Fire Rate: Fast
Beat: Shotgun, Reaper, Sniper Rifle, Farsight XR-20, Devastator, Rocket
Launcher, and Slayer (?)
Earn: ZZT (9mm), AKA ZMG (9mm)
The good olí Uzi. Rapid Fire, 32 9mm Bullets per Clip. Fire Rate:
Very Fast
Beat: Timed Mine, Proximity Mine, and Remote Mine.
Earn: DMC, AKA D5K Deutsche
Standard 9mm Automatic for Russian guards. Rapid Fire, 30 9mm Bullets
per Clip. Fire Rate: Fast
Beat: Grenade, Laser, and Combat Knife (?)
Earn: AR53, AKA AR33 Assault Rifle
The very-nice American made assault rifle. Burst Fire, 30 Rifle
Bullets per Clip. Fire Rate: Very Fast
Beat: Crossbow and Tranquilizer (?)
Earn: RC-P45, AKA RC-P90
Sheís back! The absolute best gun from Goldeneye returns with a
vengeance! Rapid Fire, 80 9mm Bullets per Clip. Fire Rate: Extremely
Fast
Those ones with question marks are the ones I'm really not sure about.
Does anyone have a definitive list of which does what?
Well, Ms. Dark. I think we can safely say youíre training is now
complete. Shall we go kick some bad guy butt?
*****************************************************************
*****************************************************************
7. Missions/Walkthroughs
Right! The meat of the game (and most of my witticisms) is in its
Story Mode. Before we start, here are some abbreviations Iíll
constantly be using to simplify:
Jo: Joanna Dark
Dan: Daniel Carrington
Cass: Cassandra De Vries
Pres.: The President of the United States
Jon: Jonathan
Trent: Trent Easton
CI: Carrington Institute
DD: DataDyne
A: Agent Difficulty Level
SA: Special Agent Difficulty Level
PA: Perfect Agent Difficulty Level
That settled, here we go!
*****************************************************************
Mission 1.1 - DataDyne Central - Defection
A. Overview
Lucerne Tower. Not much of a tower really. Less than thirty stories
tall... This, your first, mission is designed to introduce you to the
real world combat slowly. Your objectives, especially at the Agent
Level, will be fairly straightforward.
Youíve just received a distress call from Dr. Caroll at DataDyne. He
knows that if heís not extracted tonight, heíll be put through mind
conditioning. You have to go down from the roof to the lab basement
elevator, as the ground entrance is sealed at this time of night.
B. Objectives
1. SA PA: Disable the Internal Security Hub
2. SA PA: Obtain the Keycode Necklace
3. PA: Download Project Files
4. SA PA: Disable the External Comms Hub
5. A SA PA: Gain Entrance to the Laboratory
C. Equipment
Starting Equipment:
A SA PA: Falcon 2 (silenced) - Going covert, Jo? Your silenced sidearm
will get you around the building without alerting everyone in the
vicinity. Starting ammo: 80
SA PA: ECM Mine - These mines are equipped with a high powered
electromagnetic device. Theyíll override and disable electric systems
they come in contact with. You start with 3 of them.
PA: Data Uplink - Downloads require this puppy. Youíll need it
for the files.
In Mission:
A SA PA: CMP150 - Almost all guards in the area carry this. You can
also find a couple lying around.
PA: Laptop Gun - My favorite gun is hidden in this level,
somewhere.
D. Opposition
DD Infantry: These guys are everywhere, carrying CMP150s.
DD Shock Troops: On the ground floor are these helmeted guys, also
carrying CMPs.
Camera: Although not really a force to be reckoned with, Cameras may
be present to activate the alarm should you be clumsy,
E. Walkthrough
All: Youíll start the mission on the helipad. No other way to go but
down from here. On your right will see a gantry ramp going down a few
levels. Take that ramp down to the roof proper, where youíll find your
first guard patrolling around. Give him the satisfaction of being your
first hit. On your left as you exit the ramp will be a metal door you
can use to enter the building.
SA PA: But, first, watch out for a camera positioned on the wall above
and to the right of said door. Shoot it out.
PA: While youíre at it, shoot out the one on the wall behind you. No
sense alerting the place youíre here. Is there?
All: Enter the door and the other one right behind it. The second
guard will be standing just behind this door around the corner, if he
wasnít alerted to your presence earlier. Head down the ramps to the
floor.
SA PA: Now, hurry and turn to your left. Get out one of your ECM
Mines. (You have three, but youíll only need two for the mission.)
Before the cameras on the ceiling spot you, toss the mine on the TV
like device on the wall. You should have enough time not to sweat
about it too much.
Objective 1 Completed!
All: Head for the door at the far end of the room that will take you
downstairs and into the office complex. There are two guards on patrol
in this stairwell and in the office area ahead. Chances are youíll see
one of them before you hit the office area, but you never know.
Thereís also a third guard standing in the office complex at one of the
desks. I probably shouldnít have to tell you to eliminate them.
SA PA: Whatís that Dan? Cassís office is on this floor? Must be those
big double doors to your left as you exit the stairwell.
PA: Hey! Theyíre locked! Look over on the table where the standing
guard was. Youíll see a buzzer. Buzz yourself in, wonít you?
SA PA: Stroll right through those doors like you own the place. Switch
your Falcon over to Whip, or put up your dukes. Cass and her secretary
are in here, and unarmed. Not very sporting to take down unarmed
people, so be sure to knock them out. If you take your time, however,
Cass will sound the alarm. Once Cass is out, sheíll drop her
necklace. It gets you downstairs, so grab it.
Objective 2 Completed!
All: The door at the opposite end of the first stairwell leads to
another stairwell. The stairs allow you access both the 22nd and 21st
floors, if you so desire, but itís not necessary on A or SA, you can
access the 22nd floor and pick up some ammo from guards, and a shield
on A and SA. The PA, however, should watch out as they tread here, for
a camera scans the hallway past the left-hand elevator. The PA will
come here eventually, so itís best to clear this place out now.
All: Here's the lowdown on the 22nd floor. You have a main hallway.
There are a couple of guards patrolling this main hallway. On the left
as you face away from the elevators is a small room. This contains a
guard...
A SA: ...who's carrying a shield.
All: The room to the right as you exit the elevator has two guards.
The room further down the hall, also accessible from the aformentioned
room has a guard staring out the window. The next room, accessible
either by the door in the hallway or by a sliding panel in the last
room, has three guards sitting around. The last room is empty, except
for a couple of PCs.
All: The 21st floor has a lot more things youíd want or need on this
level. The closet on your left as you exit the stairwell is locked.
Crud. The offices along the elevator hallway all contain guards.
Whee. Keep a special lookout for a guard in a Shock Trooper Helmet.
This guy carries double Silenced Falcons. Needless to say, big help.
If he doesnít come after you, heís in an office off a hallway near the
windows opposite the elevator side. The unlocked one.
PA: Another camera. This oneís in a corner. Itís on the opposite side
of the elevators, on the right hand side. After you finish with it,
head the aforementioned windowed hallway. Youíll hear a phone
conversation in the second office on your left. Personality
reprogramming? They must be talking about Dr. Caroll! This guy might
be a bit of a help. Wait until the conversation is over, then confront
him as he opens his door. Heíll get all scaredy and run off. Keep him
close to you and heíll lead you to the terminal where youíll download
your files.
PA: It may be a good idea to let him go though for a bit, because if
you do, heíll run into that closet you couldnít open. In here are two
Falcons on the left and right walls (wonít allow you to double,
although thatís already taken care of anyhoo), and the Laptop Gun on
the back wall. Sweet!
PA: Follow the guy as he leads you up a floor. Once he finally gets
to his terminal, heíll log on. Heíll soon afterward tell you heís
"in". QUICKLY knock him out at this point! If you donít, heíll erase
the files you worked so hard to get. Use your trusty Data Uplink on
the terminal now to download the files.
Objective 3 Completed!
All: Take either elevator on any floor. Eventually, youíll go down
many floors to the ground floor. There are quite about five guards
down here, so be careful. If you have the Laptop, set up the sentry
gun either on the short staircase behind you or on the wall at the
bottom. Shoot the low glass on the balcony to get the guardsí
attention and theyíll walk right into the Laptop, allowing you a much
easier cleanup.
SA PA: As you go down the short flight of stairs, or come around from
the front desk if you came down from dropping off the balcony. (There
are two CMPs behind it, by the way) Enter the door on the right.
There are several guards behind it, so step carefully. You may even
want to setup the Laptop again outside this door if you have it. The
External Comms Hub is on the left as you enter the room, near the
floor. Toss an ECM Mine on that thing.
Objective 4 Completed!
All: Enter the door on the left as you come off the short flight of
stairs. Shoot all the guards, and proceed to the next room. Thereís a
wall that will open up when you get near. Behind that is the elevator
to the labs.
All Objectives Completed!
F. Time Trial: Under 1:30 on Special Agent
Immediately jump off the roof in front of you. Donít worry about the
camera. Basically, youíre going to want to skip any enemies not
directly in your way. Run to the Security Hub and toss your first mine
on it quickly. Run downstairs and directly into Cassís office,
switching to Whip before you get there. Whip her good! Take the
necklace, dash down to the 21st floor by the stairwell and call the
elevator on the right. Use the waiting time to deal with any guards
and get their ammo. Once on the ground floor, run directly for the
Comms room and deal with the guards. You have to, or else youíll be
shot while trying to place the mine. Afterwards, sprint to the
elevator and youíre done.
G. Cheats
Completing this level will give you the cheat: Classic Sight.
Basically, this gives you the old Goldeneye red crosshair. No light-up
when youíre targeting an enemy, no nothing.
Completing the Time Trial will get you the cheat: Marquis of Queensbury
Rules. This cheat takes all weapons from the enemies, leaving them
bare-handed, but still not defenseless. You still have your guns, by
the way.
Now, the Marquis of Queensbury, I'm told, was a British nobleman who
set the rules for modern boxing, making it more "gentlemanly". So,
this makes sense considering the lack of weapons.
Follow me on this one. There is a hidden wedge of cheese for you to
find. The Cheese Wedge can be found by using explosives to blow up the
pipe immediately next to the external comms hub. Drop down the shaft
and you'll see it in one of the grates nearby.
*****************************************************************
Mission 1.2 - DataDyne Research - Investigation
A. Overview
Youíre in deep, now. These are the labs where all the tip-top secret
DataDyne stuff is produced. Dr. Carollís down here somewhere, too,
waiting for you to pick him up. While youíre at it though, you might
wanna see about investigating any other experiments around here.
B. Objectives
1. A SA PA: Holograph the Radioactive Isotope
2. SA PA: Start the Security Maintenance Cycle
3. SA PA: Shut Down the Experiments
4. PA: Obtain the Experimental Technologies
5. A SA PA: Locate Dr. Caroll
C. Equipment
Starting:
A SA PA: Falcon 2 - I guess we decided to go without the silencer for
this part. Whatever. Starting ammo: 100.
A SA PA: Data Uplink - You never know when you might have to hack your
way in.
A SA PA: CamSpy - Gotta take a picture of that isotope somehow...
You also start with 50 rifle bullets.
In Mission:
A SA PA: CMP150 - When you got DD Infantry, you know theyíve got this.
A SA PA: Dragon - Certain DD Shock Troops carry this assault rifle.
A SA PA: K7 Avenger - Still in the experimental stages...
A SA PA: Night Vision - Part of Objective 4. You only need to get it
on PA. Itís useless in the other levels.
D. Opposition:
DD Troopers: These green guys are everywhere. Still toting the old
CMPs.
DD Shock Troops: They may wear green like the troopers, but the helmets
are a dead giveaway. There are only a few, but they carry more
advanced weapons. Stay alert.
Scientists: Donít kill them. Knock ëem out if you have to.
Drone Guns: There are a few in the final room before Dr. Carollís
hiding place. Iíll give strategies when we get there.
E. Walkthrough:
All: Youíll be in the elevator, having just knocked out a particularly
dense guard. Across from you is the main foyer to the labs. Thereís a
hallway to the right, and a door to the left. Thereíll be a guard on
patrol here. Show him how bad he is. The door on the right takes you
to a control room and guards lounge. There is a guard at the terminals
and two more around the corner in the lounge. If you hit the terminal
with the red readout, youíll open a maintenance hatch that will lead
you to a later area. I personally havenít found much use for the
hatch, but I wonít tell you what to do.
All: Continue to the hallway on the left from the foyer. Note thereís
a maintenance bot running around. You can do one of two things:
1: Forget the maintenance bot and proceed through the door. There
youíll find a secretaryís office. There will be two guards to kill, so
stay sharp. Beyond the office youíll come to a large square room with
two more guards, if your shots haven't already alerted them.
Or...
2: Follow the maintenance bot as he opens a SECRET door next to the
first one. Enter the secret door. This way is recommended for SA and
PA because it presents a much easier way to get to one of the
objectives. I even recommend it for A, as it gives you a chance at
more weapons.
All: As you move down a slope, youíll notice some low glass. Break it
with your fist. Hop down and youíll find yourself in some kind of
computer room. There are two guards down here, but neither should be
close by. Thereís a way to get double CMPs down here, but itís
tricky. It starts back in the beginning with you NOT getting seen by
that first guard. You must also not be seen by, but eliminate, the two
guards down here. After you do that, go to the terminal thatís in a
small alcove around a corner. Activate it, and itíll tell you it
opened a secret weapon cache. Go to the lockers in the room, and
youíll find two CMPs just itching for you to get your grubby mitts on
them.
SA PA: Anyway, your mission down here is to activate first the terminal
on the same wall as the lockers to reprogram the robot, then the one on
the opposite wall to activate them.
Objective 2 Completed! (Yeah, out of order, I know, but this is the
best way!)
All: After this, you can go out the same way you came in, the secret
door, and continue from choice 1, or you can head up the sloping ramps,
and tackle a few more guards. Fortunately, they were expecting you NOT
to come the secret way! Youíve got the drop on most of them and itíll
be easier taking them out. Follow the hallway and exit through the
door at the far end to take you to the other side of the square room
mentioned at the end of Choice 1.
A: The door locks behind you. This was to prevent you from wandering
off on the A level, but we kinda circumnavigated that, didnít we?
All: This area has three new exits for you (and a Shield on A).
Thereís the grate in the middle of the room, and two vertically sliding
metal doors. Start by taking the door on the right. Past a couple
more guards, youíll find a room glowing green. Stepping into the room
proper will damage your health, so fire up the CamSpy and roll it into
the room. Get the glowing green rock in your lens sights and hit the
fire button to snap a picture.
Objective 1 Completed!
All: If youíre desperate, and I was once when I played PA, thereís a
Proximity Mine in the back of the glowing room, around the back wall.
You can get it, get out, and live, but you will be hurt. I found this
when I was in a suicidal mood.
All: Now, I say forget about the grate in the square room. It will
take you further ahead, but youíll be at a disadvantage when you get
where you wanna go. Youíll end up having guards come at you from both
sides.
All: Proceed through the metal door on the left and pass through a
couple more, into the main lab area. There are quite a few guards
throughout these corridors. Two are on patrol, and two more are
guarding each of three doors. Be smart and methodically take care of
them all before going into any of the rooms.
A: Most of these doors are locked. You probably should just do the
first part of Objective 4 and continue on to the last door on the
right.
SA PA: Go to the first room on the right as you enter the main area.
Take out the two guards in the room, and point your gun at the
scientist to make him shut down his experiment. Heíll whine. Shut him
up with a blow to the head, not a shot, mind you. You can shut down
the experiment by yourself however, if you *snicker* mistakenly land a
punch on him or something. One terminal is the deactivator. One
activates the alarm, which you can quickly shut off, and the other two
are inactive. Any way you slice it, hitting the correct terminal is
all it takes, itís just easier to let the lackey do it.
Part 1 of Objective 3 Completed!
PA: Anyone should do this, but PAís have to. Enter the first door on
the left as you enter the main lab. Thereís a lift behind the
half-square bench with the computers on it. Ride down slowly and
youíll see a scientist showing a Shock Trooper how to operate a K7
Avenger. Relieve the Trooper of the burden of duty and knock out the
scientist. Add the Avenger to your arsenal. Note the target range.
At the end of the range is a ladder leading to the old red grate. See
how bad it wouldíve been to come that way? You wouldíve been that next
target for that Avenger.
Part 1 of Objective 4 Completed!
PA: Go to the second door on the right. No oneís here, thankfully. In
a glass case in the middle of the room youíll see some funky specs.
Break the glass. Theyíre Night Vision Goggles! Too bad this place is
so well lit...
Part 2 of Objective 4 Completed!
SA PA: Now, itís time for the last door on the left. Enter it. Take
out the two guards. Threaten the scientist. Yadda yadda.
Part 2 of Objective 3 Completed!
SA PA: Now, in this room, there is another door on the right side. The
last experiment is being performed here. Note this scientist is a
little more gruff than the first two. Watch him go towards a
terminal. Knock him out before he hits it. If he does hit it, itíll
sound the alarm, which, again, you can deactivate. Youíll have to kill
this project on your own. Find the right terminal through trial and
error.
Objective 3 Completed!
All: Proceeding through the last door on the right, and packing a few
guards full of lead, youíll come to a hallway with three laser grids.
Unless you want to give yourself some impromptu surgery, Iíd avoid the
beams. This is where the robot you set loose in SA and PA is roaming.
In A, heíll already be here. As the robot gets close to a grid, itíll
shut the grid down, allowing you to step past it. Do this for all
three grids and continue on to what appears to be another lounge.
All: Two more guards to take care of here. Also available are a couple
of extra guns on the table in the middle of the room, and a shield in
an enclosed garden-type area in the near left corner. Take the door at
the far end. Thereíll be another door behind the first. Careful. Two
Dragon-toting Shock Troops are flanking the door, ready to cut you down
if you pass through. Eliminate them, and youíll reach a locked door.
This is where your Data Uplink comes in handy. Point it at the
terminal and let it work.
SA PA: Immediately after turning on the Uplink, back away, and pull out
a gun at the door you just came through. Two guards will try a little
ambush on you, but, since youíre ready, riddle them with bullets, and
use the Uplink again on the terminal.
All: After the Uplink has finished, proceed down the stairs and
through this room and the next. Youíll enter a very blue room. Three
Dragon Troops are here. Make quick work of them.
PA: Finally, you get to finish Objective 4. Take the door to your left
when you enter. The hall has a guard hiding behind a metal thing and
two more behind the door to the end. They shouldnít be a big problem
though. Reach the last room and step in the small alcove at the very
end. The alcove will retract and youíll see the last item, a shield
tech item, on the pedestal. Sadly, this does not mean you have a
shield, just technology...
Objective 4 Completed!
All: Open the last door in the blue room with care, as there are Drone
Guns ready to pound you on the other side. Use the Avenger Scope and
Threat Detector to put the two guns out of commission easily.
PA: Oh, and watch that last step, thereís another one on the other side
of the wall from the first one. Aim up as you get close and let ëem
have it, unless youíd like a lead spine.
All: Go through the last door, and meet Dr. Caroll. Turns out heís
not human at all! Heís a hovering laptop with a conscious AI, and a
moral code. Anyone see the Matrix? Iíve got a bad feeling about
this...
All Objectives Completed!
F: Time Trial - Under 6:30 on Perfect Agent
The keys here are speed, head shots, and knowing when to be where.
Make sure you're picking up most of the guns dropped here. You'll need
all the ammo you can get.
Immediately stop the cutscene and run out to the left. Run past the
cleaner robot and fire at the guard standing at the end. You should
kill him before you reach him. Go through the door and kill as many of
the four guards that will be on the other side as you can. Listen for
the secret door to your left to open. Stop what you're shooting when
you hear that and head for the door. Hopefully, you can kill all of
them, but don't sweat too hard if you don't.
Run in the secret door and shoot the low glass railing on the fly.
Jump down, run around the corner and shoot the guard at the far end.
Activate both terminals for the robot cleaners. Run around and kill
the guard, then make your way through the ambush corridor, where most
of the guards will be facing the wrong way, killing all of them. If
you left any behind from the first room, they'll be here. As you head
to the door to the square room, after they're all dead, you shouldn't
have much more than a minute on the clock.
Run to the isotope room, kill the two guards, use the CamSpy quickly
and roll it to the isotope. Snap your picture, then press A and take
off. Take out the first guard behind the door to the lab hallway, the
two guards patrolling behind it, then the two guards ahead and to the
left. Enter the K7 Room with about 1:50. The lift will be almost
down. Hop down, peg the K7 guy, grab it, and head back to the
elevator. Rush to the lab rooms. First to the one at the end of the
long hallway on your right.
Kill the two guards, and try to find the terminal yourself, you don't
have time to let wormy boy do it. Hit each terminal twice. There will
be a slight delay as the game processes you accessing them, but
eventually you'll turn the alarm on then off, and find the right one.
A dull sound of electronics shutting down is your key noise here.
Next, go to the Night Vision room, dealing with the two guards outside.
They'll notice you before you notice them, so crouch as you hear them
shout and receive their attack instead of rushing into it. Go into the
Night Vision room, shoot out one of the glass panels, and grab the
goggles. Run outside and around to the far end of the hallway, killing
the two guards on your left the same way. Kill the next two guards
inside, and hit the terminals the same way as before. Go to the final
room, knock out the scientist immediately, and do the terminal thing
here, too.
Run back out and head straight to the doors on the other side of the
hallway. Deal with the four guards in the next two rooms. Your time
should be no more than 4:20, but, since you're moving fast, you're
probably way ahead. Just relax, and wait for the robot to do his
thing. Follow him past the lasers, shoot the guard on the right as
you pass through the next door, and take out the two guards in the
lounge. Head for the next room, shooting the Dragon guards on either
side of the door. Hit your Data Uplink, immediately step back and pull
out a gun. Open the door you came through and shoot the guards trying
to ambush you. Amateurs. Use the Data Uplink again. You shouldn't
have much more than 5:00 on the clock when you activate it.
Once it's done, run down the ramp and into the final big room. Deal
with the three Dragon guards quickly, then take the left door. Run
straight into the next room, take out the guards hiding behind the
metal thing, then shoot at the two guards that open the door in front
of you. Run all the way to the end and grab the Shield technology.
Run back to the Dr. Caroll hallway, switching to the K7 and its threat
detector as you go. Locate the autoguns, then open the door and shoot
the two you see. It may take more than one try. Afterwards, take out
the last one on the other side of the first one, and head through the
door. Finally!! *huff, puff*
G: Cheats
Beating this level gets you the Slo-Mo Single Player Cheat. Think of
it as a perpetual Combat Boost, only the enemyís reaction time has NOT
slowed. Of course, neither has yours...
Completing the Time Trial earns you the Pugilist Buddy Cheat. This
buff guy dressed in a tuxedo is unarmed, but rather proficient in
hand-to-hand combat. He can take a bit of punishment, too.
The Cheese Wedge is in the room with the scientist who triggers the
alarm. Within the horseshoe formation of the laptops is a glass
floor. It's easily spotted beneath the glass floor.
*****************************************************************
Mission 1.3 - DataDyne Central - Extraction
A. Overview
Good work. You now have the good Doctor tailing you as you make your
escape. Cass isnít going to make it easy for you to get out though.
Sheís turned the building into a war zone, and itíll take all your
skill to get out to the roof and back to your jumpship.
One note about this level in general: Dr. Caroll has to remain alive,
but he doesnít have to be with you the whole way. You can leave him
behind while you take an elevator solo. Heíll follow, so donít worry
about him. Just donít shoot him or let him get shot.
B. Objectives
1. A SA PA: Access the Foyer Elevator
2. PA: Reactivate the Office Elevator
3. SA PA: Destroy the DataDyne Hovercopter
4. A SA PA: Defeat Cassandraís Bodyguards
5. A SA PA: Rendezvous at Helipad
C. Equipment
Starting:
A SA PA: Falcon 2 (Scope) - Since most enemies will have the drop on
you this time around, use the added scope for this weapon to even out
the odds a bit. Starting ammo: 50.
A SA PA: Night Vision - You may have "dropped" most of the stuff you
liberated from the labs, but the Night Vision is still with you (even
if you didnít get it ^_^)
You also start with 160 rifle bullets and 2 magnum bullets.
In Mission:
A SA PA: CMP150 - In the hands of DD Shock Troopers. Its rapid fire
will come in handy later.
A SA PA: DY357 Magnum - Good luck getting this. Personally, I don't
think it's worth the trouble, but if you can stay hidden long enough...
A SA PA: Shotgun - Cassí bodyguards hold these powerful weapons. The
power will come in handy, too.
A SA PA: Rocket Launcher - Oh, yes. This lovely piece of equipment
will give you a bit of an advantage against the aforementioned
hovercopter.
A SA PA: Grenade - Youíll find one of these around, but youíll want to
use it for...
A SA PA: Dragon - Hiding somewhere around the building is one of these
lovely assault rifles.
D. Opposition
DD Shock Troopers: The guards stunk, so now the Shock Troops have taken
over the building. They are armed with CMPs.
Bodyguards: Cass has a contingent of female bodyguards. Theyíre
running amok in the office levels. Each carries a deadly shotgun.
Hovercopter: This machine gun firing machination will make life
miserable on SA and PA.
E. Walkthrough
All: Hey, who turned out the lights?
SA PA: Note the counter on the bottom of the screen. Thatís how long
you have before the lights go back on. Donít be wearing the Night
Vision Goggles when this happens or youíll have severe eyestrain.
All: Activate Night Vision. Proceed through the ground floor. Itís
pretty obvious where you have to go, since there is only one way.
Thereís one guard behind the table at the start, another behind the
table in the next room. There are two more artfully placed behind
blast shields as you exit into the lobby. Another is behind a couch as
you make your way around. Two are behind the front desk. Anotherís
behind a couch on the other side of the lobby, and two are behind blast
shields at the top of the stairs. The easy way to deal with these
guards who are already alerted to your presence is to lean out and
quickly move back (Hold Aim and press Strafe in one direction or the
other). Theyíll squeeze off a few rounds and you can lean again and
peg ëem while they ready another shot.
All: If you can somehow kill all the guards up to the first couch
hiding guard without being seen, he'll drop a DY357 Magnum. I've never
been able to do it on my own, only by cheating and having the Farsight.
All: After you finish in the lobby, head up the elevator on the left as
you reach the top of the stairs. Youíll reach the 21st floor. The
stairwell is now locked, so youíll have to use the other elevator.
Objective 1 Completed!
SA PA: Whatís that noise? Open the nearest door. Criminy! Youíve got
a bloody hovercopter on you! This machination can riddle you with
bullets in a matter of seconds. Best to lay low and let it pass as it
circles the building.
A: Right now, you probably just want to head to the next elevator, and
the 22nd floor. Take out the guard just around the corner though, and
grab Cassí Office Key, if you want.
SA PA: You CAN get this office key, but you have to be fast and you
need to reach the elevator prior to the lights switching back on.
SA PA: You have a job to do, unfortunately. Cassí bodyguards need to
be permanently retired, and there are three on this floor. There is
another guard waiting just around the corner. Go past the windowed
hallway and two will charge you. Take ëem out. Around the corner, in
the office on the far end, is another. Keep an eye on the chopper at
all times, too. Donít be around when it is.
PA: Also, since the elevator to the upstairs is locked, youíll need to
hit that computer on the desk in the last room to open it.
Objective 2 Completed!
SA PA: Return to the elevator and head to the 22nd floor.
All: There are blast shields covering up the exit to your left. Looks
like youíre going right. Around the corner, there are two more
Troopers behind tables. Waste ëem. Open the door to your left now.
This room is empty, and there's no way out! Relax, go to the left side
of the room and a sliding panel will open. You may remember this from
your first trip. Proceed around the outside area, eliminating three
more bodyguards; one in the next room, and two more who jump out of a
door in the last room on this floor.
SA PA: But, for Godís sake, watch out for that chopper! Donít worry.
Youíll get your revenge soon enough.
All: Head up the stairwell. You can now reach the 23rd floor. Whoa!
Whatís this? Two techies are arguing about setting up something.
Thereís a guard blocking your view though. Unfortunately for him, he
has his back turned. Poor guy. The techies wonít hurt you, but
shooting them does no penalty. Well, they were PLANNING on hurting
you anyway! Pick up whateverís on that stand. Itís a Rocket Launcher!
SA PA: Oh, YES!! Time for a little payback, eh? Blow out the furthest
windows on either side with the CMP or Shotgun so you can hit the
chopper when it comes around. Switch the launcher to Lock-On mode.
Aim at the chopper, make sure nothingís in your way and fire. Donít
worry about letting go of aim, or anything. The rocketís fate is
destined now. Goodbye, pain in the butt!
SA PA: Alternatively, you CAN down the chopper through normal shots,
but it takes a lot, and youíre probably gonna get hit at least a few
times. Either way...
Objective 3 Completed!
All: If you got that Office Key from the guard on the 21st floor, it's
time to use it. Open up Cassí office. Oh, joy. A grenade. Hey,
maybe you can use this. At the far right end of the office is a
relief of a crouching man. Toss the grenade at the small wall that it
meets at a corner with. Itíll blow a hole in the small wall. Inside,
youíll find the Dragon I had been so secretive about! Heh.
All: Head up the last stairwell towards the roof. As you reach the
maintenance room at the top, youíll automatically walk through and
turn to your right. Uh oh. And you thought the chopper was bad. Cass
is here to taunt you and she leaves behind five of her bodyguards,
shotguns loaded. One hits the light switch on the right and you are
immersed in darkness and flashing muzzles. Donít panic, yet.
A: You still have that Rocket Launcher. Let a rocket go at the two at
the far end to start.
All: You have to kill all five. Start by hitting the one on the very
right, and then flicking the light switch behind her. The bodyguards
are wearing night vision, so lights means...you guessed it. Theyíll be
stunned for a short time, giving you some free shots. Use either the
CMP or the Shotgun. The Falcon will take too long. Once you kill all
those bodyguards, youíre free to go.
SA PA: Oh, and donít forget to kill all the ones downstairs, too. If
you did that...
Objective 4 Completed!
Note for SA: You can go to the 23rd floor to deal with the chopper
first, and then come back later for the three bodyguards on the 21st
floor and maybe save yourself some pain.
All: Head out to the rooftop. Head up to the helipad.
A: By the ramp, youíll notice a box. It contains rockets. Why you,
the Agent, will need it, Iíll never know. Maybe if you just rush past
the bodyguard ambush and feel like running back in with rockets
flying. Youíll risk hitting Dr. Caroll, though...
All: Hit the helipad. Cass will appear from nowhere with two guards
with guns leveled. Jo will calmly proclaim sheís leaving and jumps
into the jumpship, killing the guards. As she takes off, a mysterious
blonde man accosts Cass for losing the sapient programming. Cass
hurriedly tells the man that she knows how she can get it back...
All Objectives Completed!
F. Time Trial - Under 2:03 on Agent
You donít have time for much shooting here, but you should try to take
out as many guards on the ground floor as you can, because youíll be
leaving Dr. Caroll behind, and if they canít shoot you, theyíll go for
the sapient...
Kill as many as you can, then hit the left-hand lift. Take it up, then
sprint for the other lift immediately. With only slowing down to stun
guards with your shots, run around the outside of the office area
towards the stairwell. Once you hit the 23rd floor, grab the launcher
and kill the guard. Rush up to the ambush and fire the rocket into the
two on the far wall. Switch to Night Vision and CMP. Donít bother
with the light switch, you donít have time. Rush up close to the girls
and drill ëem, then rush outside, up the ramps, and youíre done!
G. Cheats and Other Fun Stuff
Finishing the level will earn you the Rocket Launcher Cheat. Pretty
self-explanatory. You get a Rocket Launcher and three rockets at the
start of a mission using this cheat.
Finishing the Time Trial will earn you a pretty cool cheat: Hurricane
Fists! Punch at lightning speed, like one of those old school Karate
movies. The hits do the same amount of damage, too, of course.
The Wedge of Cheese on this level is in the vent area with the Dragon.
Turn left as you pick up the gun and it'll be between two grates.
Quite visible. This is actually the same location as the one on the
first level, showing that a Cheese Wedge does not change position
within the same level structure.
*****************************************************************
Mission 2.1 - Carrington Villa - Hostage One
A. Overview
Okay. Cass got a little peeved when you nabbed Dr. Caroll. So, in
retaliation, she sent a bunch of troops down to Mr. Carringtonís
private villa, and threatens to kill him unless the CI returns Dr.
Caroll. Unfortunately, the good Doctor is actually hidden at the
villa. Guess what you gotta do. Yep, get to Dan before itís too late,
and eliminate any resistance that those buggers try to give ya.
Interesting thing about the mission, your starting conditions change
with different difficulty levels. In A and SA, youíre cover for a
phony negotiator. Youíre to save that negotiator, and use the element
of surprise to rescue Dan. On PA, you ARE the negotiator, and are in
the thick of it from the get-go.
That being said, this walkthrough will be split until close to the
end. PAís should skip most of the first stuff, as all of it will be
repeated in their section.
B. Objectives
1. A SA : Save the Negotiator
2. SA PA: Eliminate the Rooftop Snipers
3. A SA PA: Activate the Wind Generator
4. PA: Locate and Eliminate the DataDyne Hackers
5. PA: Capture a DataDyne Guard
6. A SA PA: Rescue Carrington
C. Equipment
Starting:
A SA : Sniper Rifle - This high-powered stealth weapon is all you
start with at the beginning. Use it carefully and wisely. Starting
ammo: 100.
A SA PA: Radar Tracker - Although everyone has it, only the PA needs it
to find the location of the DD Hackers when they appear.
PA: Laptop Gun - You need some means of defense if youíre gonna
take down the guys about to kill you, and you get more than enough in
the form of the Laptop Gun. Sweet stuff. Starting ammo: 100.
Note: You start with 100 of both rifle bullets and 9mm bullets no
matter what difficutly level you're on. Afterwards, the game "gives"
you one of the two guns at the beginning, meaning you have extra
bullets from the gun you just "picked up", meaning you start with 120
rifle bullets on A, 115 on SA, and 110 9mm bullets on PA.
You'll also start with 3 grenade rounds.
In Mission:
A SA PA: CMP150 - From guards...
A SA PA: Sniper Rifle - From snipers and in a special place on PA.
A SA PA: Devastator - The wacky grenade launcher is hiding around the
villa.
D. Opposition
DD Infantry: Back for more it seems. These CMP-toting guys will keep
you on your toes as you hunt through the villa.
DD Shock Troops: The helmeted bad guys are also holding CMPs, and to
finish the level, youíll have to axe them all.
DD Troopers: Apparently, these green guys are multi-talented, as
theyíll be the ones doing the hacking. They also have CMPs.
DD Snipers: These purple-suited guys just stand around on the
rooftops. They only require one hit to bring down, fortunately, but
they are still very accurate with their rifles.
E. Walkthrough
A SA: Right. Here you are on the observatory lookout. Far below you
on the dock is the negotiator being held up by two guards. Immediately
dispatch the guards. One shot will do for each. You have about 10-20
seconds before they kill the girl.
Objective 1 Completed!
A SA: Now, turn around and walk around the back of the observatory.
Make your way along the cavern path, shooting any guards that are
around. Theyíll try to lie down to shrink your chances of hitting
them, so be aware. The open part of the path is a good place to snipe
from, too.
A SA: After taking care of the guys, you have the option of shooting
the crates here for more ammo. Continue along the path. When it
branches...
SA: Go right. As you reach the opening, there will be a sniper ahead
of you. Nail him. Step out of the cavern path and turn right to take
out a sniper waaaay out by the lighthouse. Turn around and make your
way along this path, pausing to whack another sniper on the roof just
to your right, and another waaaay up on the highest roof in the back of
the villa. Now, walk forward into the clearing, taking out a sniper on
the wall to your left. Step up on the stairs near the same wall. Turn
around and you should be able to see three snipers in the distance.
One should be quite visible straight ahead, the next one to his right
should only have his head visible, and thereís a third on the left.
Take ëem all out.
Objective 2 Completed! (SA)
A: Go left. It may be a good idea to hit the sniper high on the wall
to your right, even though you donít have to. Youíll reach the a short
flight of stairs going down, and another going up to the helipad.
A SA: Climb up the short flight of stairs. At the far end, youíll see
three boxes. The one on the left has the Devastator inside! Nice...
A: The one on the right also has a Shield on top. Double nice!
A SA: Head into the clearing down the stairs. There are two ways to
get in the villa. One is safer than the other is. Going left down
into another small cavern gets you a couple of guards for your
troubles, and the as you exit the cave, a sniper on your left if you
didnít take him out. Much safer to go up the stairs and into the third
floor of the villa. Either way you slice it...
A SA: Youíre on the third floor. This villa may seem a little tricky
to get around. Just remember to keep your eyes peeled for the stairs.
Your objective is to go down.
A: Besides, most of the doors to the outside are locked now, to prevent
you from getting lost.
A SA: There are four guards on the third floor. Two will be in the big
room you end up in, by the couches. The other two will be at the
opposite end in another room. Ice them all. Now, go down the stairs
nearby and to the second floor. There will be two guards in the room
at the far end, and two more patrolling the second floor. Do the
worldís population count a favor.
A: Thereís a door on your left as you come off the stairs. This door
leads to Danís bed and bath. In the bathroom will be a Shield. Yay!
A SA: Head into the kitchen area on this floor. Behind the stove are
the stairs down to the first floor. Take them. Down on the first
floor, there are four guards running around. Nail ëem. (Now, skip
ahead to the All part)
PA: Finally, we get to you thrill seekers... Youíre in a sticky
predicament right now. Youíve got two guards pointing guns at you.
There are two ways to do this. Both risk you losing health, but either
can work successfully. One way is to immediately whip out your Laptop
Gun and fill the guards with holes, and then the sniper on the roof
nearby. Another way to do it is to disarm them, since your fists are
already up. They have no second weapons, so you can easily whip out
the CMPs and punch holes in them OR you can finish them with your fists
and complete Objective 5. Oh, and remember to watch out for the sniper
still if youíre using your fists. After you end the stressful music,
you can walk around the right side of the front of the villa, take out
the guard hiding behind the wall on the far right, open the door in
front of you, and punch out the guard with his back turned. Either
way...
Objective 5 Completed!
PA: Note the sniper far out on by the lighthouse. He wonít attack you,
but you still have to rub him out. You CAN do this simply enough with
the Laptop or CMP, you just have to be confident about your aim, so as
not to waste a lot of shots. Enter the villa through either door and
take out the four (or three if you knocked the guard behind the right
door) guards on this floor. Take the stairs on the right and go up to
the kitchen area. Eliminate the four guards on the second floor. Two
of them will come from the hallway on your right.
PA: An interesting thing about this level is that about this time, the
guards in the observatory area may become suspicious and will leave
the caverns to come after you. Be wary of extra guards popping up.
PA: On this floor, youíll notice a room with two computers in it.
Remember that as Computer Room #1. Youíll also notice an enclosed
garden. On the roof to the right of the garden entrance is another
sniper. Plug him. Youíll ALSO notice another door by the furthest
stairs leading up. Inside is Danís bed and bath. Youíll notice a
guard sprawled on the floor of the bathroom. (Iím not asking) At the
guard's side is a sniper rifle. Just what you needed to take out these
snipers!
PA: Head up to the third floor and carefully deal with the four guards
in the area. There are two on the far side of the room, and two more
on the room to your left. Note the computers in that room. Weíll call
that Computer Room #2. Exit the villa by the main double doors. There
are two guards on your right and a sniper on the roof to your left.
Take the guards out from inside, then head out and peg the sniper.
Head around the left into a small cavern passage, and take out two more
guards on your way. At the end will be a clearing. Another sniper is
on the wall to your right. Waste him. Hurry over to the small set of
stairs by the wall. Take a quick look around for any guards close by,
then take aim at the snipers on the villa roof from that point. Youíll
see the head of one on the right, and another one further to the left.
Once theyíre dead, all that remains is to shoot the final sniper on the
roof to the right of the clearing, and the one out by the lighthouse if
you haven't pegged him...
Objective 2 Completed! (PA)
PA: Return to the wall and the short flight of stairs. Going up on the
behind the wall will take you to the helipad. At the far end are three
boxes. Shoot the one on the left and youíll find a Devastator!
Nice... You also have the option of exploring the cavern area. If the
guards came after you on the second floor, this area will be empty.
Shoot some boxes for ammo if you so desire. When you think youíre
ready, head back to the first floor.
All: Finally, we all converge! On the first floor, youíll see a door
leading outside, and another door further to the right of it. Open
that door. Head down the short flight of stairs to the basement.
There is one guard under the balcony behind you, and three more in the
pool room to your right. Be cautious and donít be afraid to retreat to
peg them at your leisure.
All: When thatís done, open the door under the balcony, hit the guard
behind it, and proceed down the hallway to the right. Youíll come upon
an underground room suspended over a pool of water. Kill the three
guards in this area, and activate the two consoles in on the two
machines. These will give power to the wind generator. Exit this room
and take the remaining hallway. Watch for guards at the area where the
hallway splits. The wind generator is on the left path. Eliminate all
guards and activate the console on the far right side of it.
Objective 3 Completed!
PA: Hey, Grimshaw? Oh yeah, that wormy guy. What? Hackers
upstairs? Crud! You only have sixty seconds. Sprint towards the two
Computer Rooms I told you to remember, one on the second floor and the
other on the third. If you really forget, you can activate your
R-Tracker and theyíll show up on the radar. Enter the rooms and take
out the Troopers at each terminal. Be careful not to damage the
computers! Do it quick and you should make it with time to spare.
Once your finished, return to the basement.
All: Take the other path from the wind generator. Open the door that
was previously locked and youíll be in the wine cellar. No time for a
couple of drinks here. Head over to the right and take out the Shock
Troop on patrol and the other two standing guard. Locked? Crud! Head
back the other way to the left and be prepared to do some sharp-eyed
spotting. Shock Troops are hiding among the racks of bottles. Be
careful and pick them off cleanly. There are two in the first room,
two in the corridor behind it, and two hiding in the last room. Defeat
ALL the shock troops and the last one will drop the key to the door at
the end. Run in and the cutscene will start. Dan will explain that
Dr. Caroll has been recaptured and will have his personality altered.
Heíll also say that heís learned that DD is setting up for their next
operation in the G5 Building in Chicago. Heíll also mention that heís
going to put a call out to some friends of his...
All Objectives Completed!
F. Time Trial - Under 2:30 in Secret Agent
You have to be two things in this level: a good sniper and a good
runner. Immediately take out the two guards on the dock, then sprint
down the cavern path, eliminating Infantry as you go, or else theyíll
follow you while you snipe. Take the right path out of the cavern.
Peg the first sniper across the way, then the one out by the
lightouse. Run along the side, and take out the one close to you on
the right, and the one far away in the back. In the clearing, hit the
one on the wall first, then quickly hop up on the landing to get a good
view of the last three. Take ëem all out and boogie for the upstairs
entry.
Ideally, you should have 1:20 on the clock at this point. Run past all
the guards and make a beeline for the basement. Activate the two
controls and the generator and head for the cellar. Go right and take
out the three Shock Troops, and then make your way through the wine
cellar eliminating everyone. It goes much quicker with a CMP, but
youíll be taking the extra time to get one, so be careful. Once you
hit the last guard, take his key, and open the door. STEP BACK,
because it opens out, and run in.
I have a horror story that would have had me the cheat if I didnít
stand in front of the door as I opened it, blocking its opening and
running out of time.
G. Cheats
Beating the level gets you the Sniper Rifle Cheat. Good for covert
operations. You begin with the rifle in hand and a full stock of rifle
bullets.
Beating the Time Trial get you the Hit and Run Buddy. This buddy helps
you out on Cooperative Mode. What makes him special is that he charges
in without concern for his own safety, and nails the bad guys with his
mean K7 Avenger while he runs.
The Cheese Wedge is in the wine cellar. Of the two shelves of wine
pushed up against a wall, the cheese is on the top of the shelves to
your right as you enter the passage. You can easily see it with an
X-Ray Scanner, or you can back up against the wall and see the top part
of it.
*****************************************************************
Mission 3.1 - Chicago - Stealth
A. Overview
Youíve been assigned to a section of Chicago blocked off to ground
traffic. Itís here that youíll enter the G5 building and try to find
out whatís going on. This place can be confusing, but itís actually
very small.
Two VERY annoying parts about this mission are the FBI Agents and the
Sentry Bot, which I will explain shortly.
B. Objectives
1. A SA PA: Retrieve the Drop Point Equipment
2. PA: Attach a Tracer to the Limousine
3. SA PA: Prepare an Escape Route
4. A SA PA: Create a Vehicular Diversion
5. A SA PA: Gain Entry to the G5 Building
C. Equipment
Starting:
A SA PA: Falcon 2 (scope) - Starting ammo: 60
PA: Tracer Bug - Thankfully, this little gem wasnít left with the
drop point equipment. You may need to use it before you get that
equipment.
In Mission:
A SA PA: CMP150 - Out of the hands of guards...
A SA PA: DY357 Magnum - FBI agents carry them as well as DD Enforcers.
A SA PA: Remote Mine - Part of your drop point equipment.
A SA PA: Reprogrammer - The other part of your drop point equipment.
A SA PA: BombSpy - Well hidden. May prove useful in more ways than
one...
D. Opposition
G5 Guard: Although the outfits are different, we know, since G5 is just
a cover op for DD, that theyíre just DD thugs. Apparently, these guys
just canít enough of you. Take their CMPs with my blessing.
FBI Agents: These guys in brown trench coats are here to alert the base
of your presence first, then shoot later. Hit these guys as soon as
you see them. Donít worry about the fact that they donít have their
Magnums drawn. They will soon.
G5 SWAT Guard: If you see these more armored versions of Guards,
consider your mission scrubbed. This means that the FBI Agents
succeeded in alerting the base. They carry Magnums, and there is an
infinite number of them pouring out of side buildings. My advice:
Abort...
Sentry Robot: A reeeal pain. This hunk of metal floats around the main
street area. It cannot be killed. Iíve tried... It fires laser blasts
that arenít very accurate, but very fast. Run when it spots you, but
donít consider the mission over by any means. Itíll quickly lose
interest in you after you hide for a bit.
CIA Agents: Not an enemy, but not to be killed. For guys wearing beige
trench coats and
CIA insignias, these guys are unarmed wimps. Knock ëem out so they
canít alert any nearby FBI agents.
E. Walkthrough
All: You start, after listening to Danís briefing, in an alleyway.
Right around the corner are a guard and a CIA Agent. Knock out both to
reduce noise. Go through the alleyway past the short flight of
stairs.
All: All right. This situation can get really tricky really quick.
Iíll map out the area right now for you. As you exit the alley, youíll
enter a street area. The street goes forward, then turns right, then
turns left and ends at the way into the G5 building. There are three
ways to go from where you stand. The closest to your right leads to
another alley. The furthest to your right leads down the street and
probably to the waiting sentry robot, and thereís an exit to your left
that leads into a storm drain and your equipment. The vehicular
diversion is sitting right next to you in the form of a taxi...
SA PA: The place where you have to secure the escape route is at the
end of the street on the right after it turns right, and is also
accessible by the alley to your right...
PA: ...and the limousine you have to bug is parked on the middle of the
street after it turns right.
All: Also beware of the FBI here. There is an agent near the side of
the G5 building, through the alleyway on your right.
SA PA: There is one standing directly to your left as you exit the
alley...
PA: ...and there is a third behind the fence leading to the storm
drain.
SA PA: Letís quickly start by taking out the one on our left at the
moment, shall we? If you hear "Base, we have an intruder!" or
something to that effect, hurry and take him out before he brings the
heat on you.
All: Be very careful of the sentry robot. You many want to immediately
duck into the alley on your right and continue on that way. Kill the
guard in the small square area you emerge in, and knock out the two CIA
agents. At the far end of the alley is a FBI Agent, ready to squawk.
Take aim and silence him. You might also want to empty the area of
enemies in the back area where he was standing. There are a few on the
fire escape up there.
PA: At this point, sprint over to the limo and toss the bug on the back
of it. You have only about a minute and a half until it takes off, so
you need to hurry up to this point. Continue past and around the fence
to the storm drain. Turn left and immediately silence the final FBI
agent.
PA: Note: You can also attach the bug from one of the small tunnels off
the main storm drain, but it takes a while to get there, and it's
really not worth it with such a time constriction.
Objective 2 Completed!
A SA: Make your way back through the alley. No sense in being spotted
by the Sentry Robot, is there? Enter the fenced area and hop into the
storm drain.
All: Take out the three guards in this drain.
A: At the drainage end of the drain, there is a small tunnel on your
left that will lead to a shield. Take advantage of it.
A SA: Speaking of shields, if youíre desperate for one, go into the
door next to the limo and down the ramps. There are three guards down
here, and a Shield under the bottom ramp.
All: Head near the intake area and climb up to a large drainage
chute. Crouch under the overhang, and, moving quickly so as to deal
with the Robot as little as possible, grab your suitcase at the very
end. It contains a Remote Mine and a Reprogrammer, which kinda looks
like the Data Uplink.
All: There IS another way to get all this stuff. Note the spot where
you are. It's right below the small street area outside the car park
lift. You can drop in from above and grab your equipment this way, but
this may expose you to fire from the sentry robot, so be wary.
Objective 1 Completed!
All: Head back out the way you came in. Two guards will be flanking
your exit from this drain. Once you finish them, leave and head
outside the fence. You can also leave by climbing out the edge of the
storm drain and up onto the street. Again, this can put you in the
sentry robot's line of fire. If you trust your trigger finger more
than you dodging skills, you should go back through the main drain.
SA PA: Head back towards the fire escape. There are two blocked-up
doors on the fire escape. Place your mine on one of them. For
safetyís sake, I recommend the lower door, but, if you want to handle
some serious explosives later, go for the upper door. I dare ya. Oh,
donít blow up the mine yet, just place it.
Objective 3 Completed!
All: Head towards the taxi back near the beginning, watching for the
robot at all times. Get your Reprogrammer out and tap into its
systems. After a few seconds, itíll be reprogrammed. Wait in the
alley and watch it take off. Itíll fly off for a bit, and return some
time later. Itíll explode on impact on the street near the fire escape
area and take out the Robot with it. Yay! Two fer one! The four
guards will now come away from the G5 Building to investigate.
All: There IS another way to do this, however. Go to that small square
area in the alley. Push the dumpster up against the three barrels.
Shoot the barrel next to the dumpster. Youíll take out the dumpster
and inside will be the BombSpy. Activate it, run it towards the guys
standing around the G5 Building, and blow it up. This will create an
"alternate diversion". Youíll still have to avoid the robot, but this
is a lot faster, and either way...
Objective 4 Completed!
All: Finish whatís left of those guards and enter the car park lift.
If you go here any time before the diversion, the one that will be
standing next to the lift operator button will lock it and youíll be
stuck.
All Objectives Completed!
F. Time Trial - Under 2:00 on Perfect Agent
You'll be using the "alternate" methods mostly on this Time Trial.
This Trial requires you mostly to be a crack shot. Once you deal with
all the threatening guards, you shouldn't have trouble at all.
Wait on the cutscene until Dan says the word "DataDyne". Jump into the
mission. Run around the corner and slug the guard who, at the moment,
has his back turned. Don't worry about any CIA guys. You won't have
time. Run out into the street area, pulling out your gun, and pop the
FBI Agent. Get onto the street proper and deal with the two or three
guards here. The third one's patrolling the alley, but steps out into
the street every so often. Now, as you shoot the guys here, you should
alert the FBI Agent hiding behind the fence. Chances are he'll step
out and see you. TAKE HIM OUT IMMEDIATELY! Consider everything else
irrelevant until he drops.
Once you've taken care of it, finish any guards in the area, then
proceed down the alley. Ignore the CIA, and look down the second part
of the alley. Shoot the FBI first, then deal with ALL the guards in
the area. You'll have time if you're a good enough shot.
Once the last one falls, you're technically home free. This all
shouldn't have taken you much more than a minute, if that. All you
have to worry about is the robot, and even then you should be too fast
for it. Step onto the street, and toss the tracer on the limo. Head
directly to the drain, using the alternate method, and drop down, get
your stuff, and climb back out, making sure not to drunkenly stumble
into the car park area.
Head back to the alley, run up the fire escape, place your mine on the
lower door, go back to the BombSpy area. Push the dumpster, blow the
drums, and get it. Run it into the car park area and blow everyone
up. Run straight for the lift, avoiding the sentry bot, and you're
done!
Personal Horror Story: I had everything going perfectly. Only got hit
once. Just finished the BombSpy thing. Ran out onto the street....and
straight into the Robot. He knocked me down to a bare sliver of health
before I could get to the lift area. Needless to say, I was out of my
seat and yelling at Jo to run before she croaked. Made it though. ^_^
G. Cheats and Other Fun Stuff
Completing the level will earn you the classic cheat, DK Mode. Yes,
you too can have a huge head and arms and skinny legs, along with
everyone else.
Completing the Time Trial will earn you the Psychosis Gun Cheat. Using
this strange Tranquilizer-like gun developed by Trent Easton, you can
fool enemies into thinking you're their friend. Pretty handy.
Note: Unlimited Ammo cheats do NOT work for the Psychosis Gun. You
cannot have more than four injections, period. This will give you too
many buddies and the game will lock up.
Hereís an interesting part about this level. If you open the door next
to the limo on the street (the building is named "Pond Punk"), youíll
go down a set of ramps. There will be three guards. One at the foot
of the ramps, and two will come out of the door here. The door behind
those two guards is locked, but you can get in by disarming a certain
one of the two guards that comes out of the door. Disarm and heíll go
back in the way he came, open the locked door, and get his buddy whoís
inside. After dealing with all the guys, take a look around the area.
Hmmm... What appears to be a long, narrow stage... There are chairs
all along the stage, and a...ahem...pole...in the back... Looks like
the Pond Punk runs a "different" kind of business.
If youíre interested, thereís another scoped Falcon on the bar.
Oh, and the Cheese Wedge is here, too. Like all good gentlemenís
clubs, thereís a bathroom here. Cover your nose and take a look at
the left-hand stall. Thank God, itís just the cheese floating in
there...
*****************************************************************
Mission 3.2 - G5 Building - Reconnaissance
A. Overview
A good old-fashioned recon mission. This will require you to move
through the building and find out just what the heck is going on around
here. Youíll have to be thorough about your work, though, as there are
a few alarm systems set up here, and whoeverís meeting in here will
cancel it quickly if the alarm is activated. Youíll also run into a
new type of enemy here.
B. Objectives
1. PA: Disable the Damping Field Generator
2. SA PA: De-activate the Laser Grid Systems
3. A SA PA: Photograph the Meeting Conspirators
4. A SA PA: Retrieve the Dr. Caroll Backup From the Safe
5. A SA PA: Exit the Building
C. Equipment
Starting:
A SA PA: Falcon 2 (silenced) - Be vewy, vewy quiet. Iím huntiní
guards! Heheheheheh... Starting ammo: 100.
A SA PA: CamSpy - Donít ever try to record anything without a recorder;
itís a terrible strain on your eyes.
A SA PA: Door Decoder - They usually donít leave safes unlocked around
here.
SA PA: Remote Mine - You wonít have one, but youíll still have the
detonator to blow open the door you set.
In Mission:
A SA PA: CMP150 - Glad you still like this gun, 'cause it's still
around...
A SA PA: DY357 Magnum - SWATs hold this one...
A SA PA: Crossbow - Secret, but available early...
SA PA: N-Bomb - Yes, you read that right.
D. Opposition
G5 Guards: Yep, more... Still holding CMPs...
G5 SWAT Guards: Ready to pounce on the slightest alarm, the SWATs have
their Magnums loaded.
E. Walkthrough
All: What? You thought I said a new type of enemy? Well, shyeah!
I wouldnít lie! After Jo does her artful rolling cut scene in her
low-cut leather vest; the two other guards will undoubtedly take notice
of the guardís death. Eek! They vanished! Keep your cool. They, as
you might have guessed, are using Cloaking Devices. They are invisible
until they open fire, so keep moving. When they stop to shoot, theyíll
be visible. Fire then. You can even predict their movements and hit
them while theyíre invisible, too, so donít hesitate to let a few extra
rounds go in their direction.
All: Of course, if youíre a fan of secret weapons (and who isnít,
really?), you might want to put away your gun after you peg the first
guard. Taking out the second with just your fists causes him to drop a
Crossbow. There are only seven darts, so make good use of them. One
shot will drop anyone, primary or secondary.
All: The second guard to fall will drop a keycard. Open the door and
proceed to the next room. Kill the guard at the bottom of the ramp and
hit the switch on the wall, turning off the lights in the next room.
Enter the next room and go towards the door to your immediate right.
All: As you cross the threshold of the glass panes, the lights will
change status. Because you shut them off earlier, they are now on, and
the four cloaked guards that will start running around will become that
much easier to spot and nail.
All: Once again, the last guard will drop a keycard for the door. Go
through said door and youíll spot a G5 rookie ready to bolt at the
sight of you. Blast him before he can activate the alarm in the next
room.
A: There is a shield in a small alcove in this room.
All: On the other side of this door, there will be a guard patrolling
off to your right. Another one will be behind a corner near him, and a
third is behind a corner behind you and to the left. Take the
patrolling one first, as heíll be the first to go for the alarm. Next
the one near him, and finally the third one.
All: Iíll just say it now as you may have already guessed. Activating
the alarm will result in mission failure as the meeting will be
cancelled.
PA: Open the door next to the alarm. Head down the short flight of
stairs. There are four guards in this area. One is patrolling and may
be right in front of you, and three more are hiding in the next room
behind pillars. Take them, being careful not to hit the consoles at
the far end, and then hit the console on the far left. This will shut
off the damping field generator preventing outside communications.
Head back to the room with the alarm.
Objective 1 Completed!
SA PA: Youíre going to need to shut off that laser grid above you.
There are four switches, all with a green light. Be careful not to
mistake the alarm for one. Shut off all four.
Objective 2 Completed!
All: That other door is locked, and you need to get on the other side.
Time to head up. Climb the stairs and start crawling along the
cables. Donít worry theyíll hold your weight. Pass over the door, but
donít drop down yet. Keep following and Jo will tell you itís time to
use the CamSpy. Do this. Roll it forward, along the cables, into the
next room and watch the cut scene, and a very interesting conversation
between Cass, that strange blonde man, and Director of the NSA, Trent
Easton. Youíll hear them talking about the sapient (Dr. Caroll), the
Pelagic II, whatever that is, and the President and something about
needing a tissue sample...
Objective 3 Completed!
All: After all thatís done, or after you hit the button to skip it,
drop down and quickly take out the guard patrolling, and the other one
by the locked door before they hit the alarm on this side. You can
still complete the mission if the alarm is triggered, but itíll still
be tough.
All: Head upstairs, dealing with another guard patrolling the
stairwell. There are two more in the next room at the far end, near a
door, and another patrolling the stairwell that will be off to your
left, and a fourth upstairs from that. Eliminate them all to make life
easier for you.
A SA: Thereís a Shield at the top of the last stairwell, too. Thisíll
really help in the coming fracas.
SA PA: Remember I said there would be a treat if you placed the Mine on
the upper door? Itís upstairs in the form of a plain wooden crate.
Grab it and youíll snag seven N-Bombs. These beauties will really come
in handy shortly.
All: Now, enter the only door left. Thatís the vault. Place the Door
Decoder on the console on your right and itíll start working. Uh oh.
You tripped the alarm. You have a minute until the code is cracked,
and a few more seconds still before the door opens all the way. Be
patient and careful about the SWAT guards thatíll come after you. If
you have the N-Bombs, place a few on Prox mode prior to triggering the
alarm for some explosive fun.
All: After the door is finally decoded, run inside the vault and grab
the personality disk on the right side.
Objective 4 Completed!
A: Dan will radio in and tell you heís blowing open the door. Rush
outside the vault, cleaning up any urgent messes, and the door will be
opposite the stairwell leading up. Run out.
SA PA: Hit the detonation trigger on your Remote Mine. The lower door
is opposite the stairwell leading up, and the upper door is up the
stairwell near the area lit red. Exit the builiding.
All Objectives Completed!
F. Time Trial - Under 1:40 in Agent
Impossible, right? Nay...
The quicker you are at dispatching the cloaked guards, the better off
youíll be. Dispose of the first two and use the CMP on the next four.
Kills come quicker with that gun. Kill all the guards you meet. By
the time you hit the cables crawling, you shouldnít be much higher than
a minute, if that.
Now, I hear you whining, "I know I can skip the cut scene, but what
about the safe, that takes a whole minute!" Stop whining!
Hereís the SUPER SECRET trick! Crawl across the cables. Set up your
CamSpy, then roll it towards the meeting room, but do NOT send it all
the way in. Jump down, dispose of the two alarm-happy guards. Run
quickly upstairs and towards the vault, killing if you feel itís
necessary. Slap the Door Decoder on the console, activate the CamSpy,
and send her rolling in.
Yep. Time STOPS when youíre in the cut scene. Itíll sound weird with
the alarms and funky music, but let the whole scene play out. Wait
about ten or fifteen seconds after the timer is down (after Cass
mentions Dan sending reinforcements) and run into the safe, grab the
disk, run screaming for the blown door, and out.
G. Cheats and Other Fun Stuff
For completing the level, you will receive the Small Jo Cheat. In the
cut scenes and in the game proper, Jo will be a wee person, about half
her normal height. This makes her much harder to target, and is cause
for some laughs during cut scenes.
For completing the Time Trial, you will receive the Cloaking Device
Cheat. With 240 seconds of cloaking, you too can see what the guards
do while theyíre waiting for you to show up. This isnít Invisibility,
by the way. Itís a normal Cloak that works in a normal way. Any shot
will disrupt the field, making you visible.
Hey, Iíll bet you noticed that mask-type thing in the vault. What is
that you ask? That is the BAFTA award. BAFTA is an annual award
ceremony held in England to celebrate accomplishments in video games.
My guess is Rare is hoping for a few with this masterpiece...
Oh, and the Cheese Wedge is in the room with the Damping Field
Generator. On the ducting on the right side will be a grate. Stand at
the left side of that grate and look as far into the ducting as you
can.
*****************************************************************
Mission 4.1 - Area 51 - Infiltration
A. Overview
As you leave the G5 Building, Dan brings up a problem with those
friends he mentioned. As you enter this area, he shows you some
footage of Area 51, where the survivor(s) are being kept. You, and Jo,
will notice the survivor doesnít look all that human. This is the
survivor that Dan wants you to get out of Area 51. Thereís an
operative inside that got this info out to you, but he canít do the job
himself. Itís up to you to get in, get the being, and get out.
B. Objectives
1. A SA PA: Shut Down the Air Intercept Radar
2. SA PA: Plant the Comms Device on the Antenna
3. PA: Disable All Robot Interceptors
4. A SA PA: Gain Access to the Hangar Area
5. A SA PA: Make Contact with the CI Spy
C. Equipment
Starting:
A SA PA: Falcon 2 - Starting ammo: 100.
SA PA: Comms Rider - This little doohickey will allow you to keep
contact with the CI while inside Area 51. Pretty useful.
A SA PA: Explosives - You gotta shut down the radar. You got the
switch...right HERE!!!
In Mission:
A SA PA: MagSec 4 - Whatís this? No CMPs? Aww... Personally, I
prefer the Falcon to the MagSecís lousy aim. Thisíll be on just about
all the guards.
A SA PA: Grenade - Some of the guards are packiní a little somethiní
extra. Take the time to search for these little payloads of fun on
bodies.
A SA PA: Rocket Launcher - Iíve got two words for ya. Gotta have it.
- Yogi Berra
A SA PA: Dragon - Once you get inside, youíre gonna be staring these
beauties in the business end.
D. Opposition
A51 Trooper: Decked out in their finest beige shirts and pants, these
guys point their MagSecs at you in a threatening manner. Some carry
Grenades.
A51 Guard: You think the Troopers are fashionable? With their orange
jumpsuits and white body armor, these guys are the veritable fashion
plates of Area 51! Thereís only one here, and he carries dual
MagSecs.
Overalls: Only one, and heís a technician in brown overalls. He can
help you later if you donít eviscerate him.
Pilot: This IS a flight base. These guys in blue jumpsuits seem to be
doing a lot more guarding than flying, but they know how to use their
Dragons, so I suggest not getting too picky...
Drone Gun: There are a few sitting around the base, ready to poke you
full of holes. Some you can get behind. Others youíll have to nail
from around a corner where they canít see you.
Robot Interceptor: This starts the mission inactive. If you toss the
Comms Rider on the Dish without shooting it, itíll be airborne and
firing.
E. Walkthrough
All: Before you start, it might be a good idea to let Dan get to the
whole "deserted helipad" sentence before starting. If you donít, the
guard wonít have wandered past your starting point. As you hit the
ground, take out the two dense guards in front of you quick. If you
let one get away, heíll go for the automatic gun off to the right and
activate it. Not a position you want to be in this early.
All: There are two more guards in this small canyon area. The one you
just let walk away during the intro, and another around the corner.
Eliminate both of them. Three of the four should drop grenades. Be
careful. Around said corner, youíll see a drone gun. Position
yourself so you can see the brown base, but not the barrel. Pump
bullets into it until it goes boom. Continue around the next corner.
You are close to the main crater area. Off to your left, youíll see
another drone gun in the main area. This oneís trickier to hit, as
itís further away. After you finish it. Head out into the main gate
area. Watch out, as thereíll be two guards in the control tower of to
your right. Despite the lack of accuracy in MagSecs, theyíre actually
pretty good shots. Two possible suggestions: The safe, but hard way is
to stay behind the wall and desperately try to snipe them with your
Falcon. Good luck is all I gotta say. The easier, but more risky way
is to run zigzagging up to the foot of the tower and lob one of your
grenades into inside from the front. Boom. No more guards.
SA PA: Look down the tunneled road off behind the tower. Youíll see a
guard on patrol. Nail him with the Falcon, or heíll rush to the far
mouth of the tunnel and come back with two extra guards. (These guards
come out of nowhere literally to follow the first one.) No need to do
this on A because there wonít be a need to go back this way.
All: Well, you COULD scale the tower and hit the button to open the
main gate, but youíll be at the mercy of three drone guns on the
structure to your right. My suggestion is to head for the chain link
fence off to the right and make your way through a hole cut in it. Be
very careful here, though, for the placeís mined. Pull out a grenade
and lob it in the middle of the dirt area in between the fence and the
helipad. Youíll take out three mines in the front, or at least the
important one right up the middle and wonít really have to worry about
the others. Walk straight up the middle and collect your prize for
going in the back way, a Rocket Launcher. Thereís no one place you
have to use this, but there are a few welcome prospects.
All: Hug the left wall in this area and youíll reach a crawl space.
Crouch down and through it.
A SA: At the end will be a shield.
All: As you emerge from the crawl space, youíll be behind a square
structure. There are two guards walking around this structure for you
to take out. Do as such. One or both may drop grenades. There are
also three drone guns, but theyíll be facing away from you. Two are on
the left side from where you enter and one is on the right side around
the front of the structure. Once all those threats are terminated,
move forward to the Overalls working on the Interceptor. Disarm him to
steal his gun and knock him out. You can kill him, but I suggest
leaving him alive. Why? Iíll tell you in the next level... Oh, pick
up the keycard for the lift that he drops.
SA PA: Blow up the Interceptor heís working on, too. If you donít,
itíll be active after you return from the Comms Dish. Much easier to
peg it while on the ground.
SA PA: Leave the area by the same way you came in, avoiding mines in
the helipad area by retracing your path. Head down the tunneled ramp
and watch out. Two guards flank the exit and a drone gun is set up in
a lousy position off to the left. Alert the guards and back up to take
them out, then deal with two more guards that come runniní when they
hear your scuffling. This drone gunís a pain to take out, as the exit
to the tunnel is angled so you donít have much of a view of the gun
before it can fire back. A grenade wonít help much either, as itíll
bounce into the trenches in front of the gun.
SA PA: Once you take care of the gun, there may be a couple more guards
in the dish area off to the left past the trenches and barricades.
Youíll see an alternate entrance to the complex off to your left, where
ANOTHER drone gun will be blasting away. Silencing it will be tough
because of its small size. This is normally where I use my rocket, but
itís up to you how you wanna take it out. If you have a grenade or two
left try to get as close as possible and drop it there.
PA: You already destroyed one interceptor. The other two are right
here, along with a jetbike off to the left. Destroy the other two
interceptors with nine bullets each.
Objective 3 Completed!
SA PA: Once the threats are eliminated, hit the button on the side of
the dish structure to lower the dish. Throw the Comms Rider up onto
it.
Objective 2 Completed!
SA PA: Now hurry, either to run or to prepare for combat, because the
small door where the gun was will open now, releasing three Troopers
and one Area 51 Guard. The orange Guard has two MagSecs if you desire
to relieve him of them. That door also opens if you get too close to
it. A well Pinballed grenade will take care of the majority of these
guys as they come out, if you so desire. Run back out of the dish
area. I know you may be tempted to use the jetbike, but donít bother
as you wonít get far at all with it. As you exit the tunnel, youíll
have Troopers coming at you from all sides out of nowhere, it seems.
Take out the two directly in front of you and sprint for the
minefield. Enter the crawl space and back inside before anyone can
chase you further.
All: Now, itís time to take out that Air Intercept Radar so that no one
else gets shot down. Head down the ladder on the side of the square
structure. Open the door that you see at the bottom.
SA PA: There are some tiny little blocks on the low wall in this
room. These blocks generate lasers once the explosives are placed.
You can use a well-placed grenade to take them all out or several shots
from your Falcon to each one. The generating blocks are on the inside
wall, by the way.
PA: It's a good idea to destroy these blocks, but doing so alerts
security. They'll be alerted soon anyway, so better you're dealing
with them now then when you're running out of this room like a madman.
All: Run around the corner, place the explosives and get out of the
room as fast as you can. You only need to get out of the room to avoid
the explosion. Deal with any security that has been alerted.
Objective 1 Completed!
All: You should have the lift card by this point. You have a choice of
two lifts to take, and itís really not all that simple. The one on the
left is empty, but the one on the right has two Pilots, and that gives
you a chance to snag a Dragon for the coming shootout in the hangars.
Take whatever you think youíll need more.
Objective 4 Completed!
All: As I just mentioned, this place has several Pilots, both on the
ground and in the catwalks above. You could hold your ground in the
elevator, but you may be rewarded for this with a flying grenade. I
say run to the right side, taking out the two guards in the immediate
area, letting others come to you, and taking out the rest from
long-range. Once you tame the area, quickly run up the ramp at the far
right end and around the catwalks to the far left end, where an
elevator awaits. Once you get off the elevator, youíll be in a hangar
area much like the first one. There are guards here, too. It would
probably be smartest of you to methodically take them out, then drop to
the ground floor and head for the doors under the ramp to find your
contact. Why, itís Jonathan! Childish bickering ensues...
All Objectives Completed!
F. Time Trial - Under 5:00 on Special Agent
Wait in the cut scene for the patrolling guard to move away, then jump
in and shoot the two guards facing away and the two around the corner.
Take out the two drone guns as normal, and run to the guard tower,
firing all the way. If you donít get them both, shimmy up the ladder
and dispatch them. Toss a grenade onto the minefield, then run down
the tunnel eliminating anyone in the way. Take out the next drone gun
from a hiding position, then run straight for the button to drop the
antenna. Toss the bug on the dish and run straight back up. Shoot the
two guards who come rushing to the mouth of the tunnel on the fly, then
duck into the minefield area, running like heck and not worrying about
the Interceptor. Duck into the crawl space and directly into the radar
room. Knock out the Overalls standing in front of the PC to get his
lift card. Place the Explosives and get out of there, being careful
not to hit the lasers. Give some parting shots to any guards on your
butt, then climb out and run for the left-hand lift button, where
youíll have some cover from the Interceptor and the Drone Guns. Push
the button and hop in as soon as you hear the door open. Close it
behind you immediately. Once youíre below, just run to the end, firing
passing shots at the Pilots trying to shoot you.
G. Cheats
Completing the level will earn you the Small Characters Cheat. Youíll
shrink your enemies down to the size of mice, but theyíll be no less
ferocious, and now theyíll be harder to hit.
Completing the Time Trial will earn you the Hotshot Cheat. This Buddy
for Co-Op mode is armed with two magnums, and oneís gold. Heíll be a
big help.
There is technically no Cheese Wedge in this area. Like I said under
the Datadyne: Extraction Cheese Wedge, Cheeses are the same every time
you're in a location. Area 51 is considered one big location, due to
connecting parts. You won't be able to get to where the Cheese is on
this level.
*****************************************************************
Mission 4.2 - Area 51 - Rescue
A. Overview
Now, that your inside, youíll need to get to the research area to
rescue the little guy. Youíll do a bit of disguising, a bit of
subterfuge, and a lot of shooting. Would you honestly have it any
other way? Throw in a crate full of unstable explosives and you got
yourself a full dance goiní...
B. Objectives
1. PA: Destroy the Computer Records
2. SA PA: Locate the Conspiracy Evidence
3. A SA PA: Obtain and Use the Lab Technicianís Disguise
4. A SA PA: Gain Access to the Autopsy Lab
5. A SA PA: Rescue the Crash Survivor.
C. Equipment
Starting:
A SA PA: Falcon 2 (silenced) - Starting ammo: 100.
A SA PA: X-Ray Scanner - This will be helpful in locating a weak wall
and some friends of the survivor.
A SA PA: Data Uplink - A virus is on this in case you need to disrupt
anything internally.
In Mission:
A SA PA: Dragon - The big bad assault rifle is carried around here.
A SA PA: Grenade - Also carried, but only available if it's about to be
used...
A SA PA: SuperDragon - The big bad assault rifleís bigger, badder
brother has arrived. Use the grenade launcher to your advantage.
A SA PA: Phoenix - Hidden in this level is this awesome alien pistol.
A SA PA: Tranquilizer - Good for making you haaappppyyyy.....
D. Opposition
Pilots: There are still more of these guys around and they still carry
Dragons. Some carry Grenades as well.
Overalls: If you left your techie friend alive in the last stage, heíll
show up to accidentally lend you a hand, in a way. He wonít attack.
Area 51 Guard: Youíll find plenty of these boys roaming the research
facilityís hallways. They pack SuperDragons.
Lab Technician: Most are unarmed, but some have other means of
defending themselves. You canít rip the clothes off one, either.
Youíll have to find a spare uniform. You donít get any penalties for
killing them, so donít have too many qualms. If you do leave them
standing, sometimes theyíll run and try to warn the complex. Get them
before then.
Biotechnician: These guys are swathed in blue-green scrubs and masks.
They carry Tranquilizers thatíll make your head spin.
E. Walkthrough
All: Jon will explain to you that thereís no way to sneak into the
research area. Youíll have to use a crate of explosives to blast open
a wall heís marked. You can carry the crate in front of you by
activating it with B, and drop it by pressing B again. For now, weíll
just forget about it and concentrate on clearing the place out.
All: Youíll have several Pilots up ahead of you in this large storage
facility. Four will be on the upper floor, but largely, theyíll be on
the ground floor. Work your way through methodically and dispose of
them one by one, dropping back if need be.
All: There is one nice thing down here. Directly to your right as you
enter the storage room, youíll notice stacks of crates. Go around the
nearest stack and youíll see a small oil drum. Step back and shoot
it. When it explodes, collect your prize of Double Silenced Falcons.
A: Also, at the far left end of the room will be a guard holding onto a
Shield for you. Thank him with a bullet to the head.
All: Once you clear out the storage area, take the freight elevator up
to the catwalk level. Once you exit, turn right to take out the guard
at the end of the hallway near a door. If you left the Overalls alive
last mission, try to open the door and Overalls will open it from the
other side, and be mildly surprised to see you. Do what you want with
him, run up the ramp to the left and head across the catwalk to the
elevator. Take it, then move through the doors. The last door will
lead you to a large room. Go in the back and around the back of the
farthest pillar and on a small table will be a Phoenix. Oh, yes. Time
for some explosive fun. Return to the storage area and go through the
larger door on the upper catwalk area.
All: Youíll run into some more guards in this area. Most are upstairs
waiting to get on the freight elevator to your left and go down to meet
you. Deny them the pleasure by Phoenixing them as they move along the
catwalks. There are four guards in this area. Those ones you killed
are the first three. The fourth is right above you. Heíll either try
to get on the elevator, or heíll let you ride it and shoot you when you
get up. Either way, you now know about it and can deal with it,
right?
All: Once youíre on the upper catwalk, you may think you hit a dead
end. Oh, wait. Put on the X-Ray specs. See that highlighted wall?
Take them off and youíll notice an X etched on the metal. This is
Jonís wall. You COULD walk all the way back to the crate, drag it
here, shoot it and blow open the wall. Or, you could just blow it open
with one of the Phoenixís shells. If you don't have that, you can set
your Dragon for Secondary, drop it there, and shoot it with the
Falcon. Your choice. ^_^
All: Watch for orange guards as you enter the metal hallway. Causing a
big ruckus will attract them quickly.
A: What a stroke of genius! The collapsing wall knocked out a lab tech
who dropped his spare uniform a few feet away. Grab it!
Objective 3 Completed! (A)
SA PA: Youíve got a little bit of work to do before heading for the
survivor. Go down the hallway to your left and go through the doors
until Jo senses that youíre in the cryo lab area. This is where the
conspiracy evidence is. Enter either of the two rooms and dispose of
any Biotechs and guards around. Close the doors behind you and listen
for them to hear if they open while you work here, so nobody gets the
drop on you. Press the buttons lining the wall to raise the
containment cell near it. You canít open them, so itís time to pull
out your X-Ray specs again. Look at a cell after youíve raised it. If
you see any alien forms, look at them closely for a few seconds to get
your scanner to register them as life forms.
Objective 2 Completed!
SA PA: Head out of the cryo labs and down the other end of the main
hallway.
A SA: At the top and to your left is a room with a shield inside.
SA PA: Down the main hallway, after it turns right, youíll find two
guards in alcoves on either side. Delete them.
PA: Time to deal with Objective 1. On your left now is a door with a
lab tech behind it. Knock him out or whatever. Use your Uplink on the
PC in the room and youíll disable automated defenses. Cross to the
other room, knock out the two lab techs and use the Uplink on the
farthest PC. Itíll make the door go nuts, including the one at the top
of the ramp on the right that was previously locked. Enter that door,
kill the lab tech and the two guards and blow up the PC in this room.
Objective 1 Completed!
PA: Continue down to the bottom of the ramp. The showers on either
side are locked, so youíll have to find another way. Go straight ahead
into a large open room. There is a guard on the catwalk ahead and to
the right, and another four on the floor far off to the left. A
well-placed SuperDragon grenade should take care of the four clustered
by the side. Climb the ramp to the catwalk and cross the narrow
support so you can enter the duct system and drop into the showers.
There will be a guard and a lab tech in here. Eliminate them both.
Check the lockers along the showers for the spare uniform. Itís in one
of those.
Objective 3 Completed! (PA)
SA: Continue on to the end. Open either of the two side doors and
enter the showers. There are two guards and one lab tech in here.
Kill the guards and the lab tech to get his spare uniform heís
holding.
Objective 3 Completed! (SA)
All: You wonít have much time before the remaining folks around here
discover troubleís afoot. A timer indicates as such. Quickly don the
lab uniform and head for the lab area that is in a side door closest to
the hole you blew in the wall. Enter the area and go forward to the
autopsy lab. A guard will speak to you and let you inside. Youíll be
recognized as a fake quick, so immediately pull out a gun and start
shooting. Thereíll be both guards and biotechs here, so watch
yourself. Break the glass surrounding the lab area and grab the
keycard on one of the biotechs inside. Leave this lab area, taking out
the ambush they try to set for you on the way out, and proceed to the
next one, which will be behind the door to your right as you exit.
All: This area has guards and biotechs all over. Eliminate them all
and proceed to the final lab. Quickly defeat the biotechs close by and
grab the keycard thatíll let you into the inner lab. Run into the
inner lab to grab the survivor.
All Objectives Completed!
F. Time Trial - Under 7:59 on Perfect Agent
As you can tell by the high time count, you should right away assume
that this will be one of the toughest, and rightly it is. You have to
be very good for an extended period of time. There are a couple of
ways to do this level. One way is safer weapon-wise, but could force
you to run and be a little reckless. The other way is faster, and
allows you to be more precise with your shots, but you'll suffer in the
weapons department later on.
I speak, of course, of the Phoenix.
Let's start.
If you're going to do it non-Phoenix, you're going to want to
methodically make your way through the storage area. Not too slow,
naturally, but be careful about placing your shots and who you engage.
Take out all the guards and go to the room with the weak wall. Your
way through the weak wall is to drop a Prox Mine Dragon and shoot it.
You may want to leave a Dragon on the upper tier so you'll have another
one to pick up.
If you do it the Phoenix way, you're going to have to be faster. Start
picking guards off from the entryway to the storage area, then run into
the cargo lift as soon as it opens. Odds are you won't have alerted
too many guards to your prescence and you'll only have to deal with a
couple while you wait for the lift to get to the top. There probably
won't be any guards at the top, so immediately turn right and head for
the Phoenix area. Activate the door and wait for the Overalls to open
it, then sprint for the elevator. Once you get to the top of the lift,
activate the doors as you walk through. This will send the lift back
down and you can grab the Phoenix. Once you come back the lift will
almost be at the top again. Go back down. On your way to the damaged
wall, and probably in the hangar itself, you'll run into some guards
who were chasing you. The Phoenix can make quick work of them.
Proceed forward, eliminating everyone who sees you, and blow the
damaged wall and get into the lab.
The two ways converge here. You shouldn't have too much more than
three minutes on the clock.
Eliminate any guards around as quietly as possible. Head left and down
to the cryo chamber. Take the right door and eliminate the guard
behind it, then the Biosuit behind the next one. Run to the left and
hit the first red button. Turn around and shoot the guard who followed
you in. Turn on the X-Ray Scanner and focus on the alien. After it's
done, run out, up the ramp, down the other side, taking out all the
guards and into the first door on your right with the automatic gun.
Blow it up immediately. Don't worry too much about the lab techs. Use
the Uplink on the computer in the back, and sprint back up the ramp and
into the door on the right. Kill the guards and the lab tech and blow
the computer. Run all the way back down the ramp and...
Big Time Saver!
Toss a SuperDragon grenade outside the left door. The guard will open
the door and you can run through him while shooting. Go to the showers
in the back, shoot the lab tech and hunt in the nearby cupboards for
the uniform. Grab it, put it on, hide the gun and sprint like mad to
the first autopsy lab.
At this point, you should have less than five minutes on the clock.
Don't kill anyone on the way. As you reach the security check door,
the guard will let you in. Punch him, and then the lab tech by the
greaseboard. Shoot through the glass to kill the lab tech inside and
grab his keycard. Use either the Phoenix shells or grenades to deal
with the guys who rush into the lab. As you get into the office, use
shells or grenades to blow each of the cubicle walls. There's a guard
behind each one.
Leave the area and head straight for the other lab, with no more than
seven minutes on the clock. Kill the two guards hiding behind the
second set of diagonal pillars, then the guard and Biosuit hiding
behind the second set of cubicle walls. Run through the next door and
open the door to the last lab. Stand there and launch grenades in all
directions, not to yourself, of course, but saturate the area with
them. Make sure all the guards are dead. Go to the last one killed
and grab the final card, go through the last door, and you're done!
G. Cheats
Completing this level will earn you the X-Ray Scanner Cheat. Scanner
is as Scanner does...
Completing the Time Trial will earn you the Play as Elvis Cheat. Now
you can go through the levels (and cutscenes) as a short, wiry,
big-headed Elvis! It's amusing to watch him act like Jo, but that's
about the extent of fun on this cheat...
The Cheese Wedge is in the ducting above the showers. You canít get
close to it, so if you really want a good look, use a scoped weapon.
Here's something found by Lex Sloet:
As you head to the showers on SA or PA, take the door on the right.
After walking through the door, head about three-fourths of the way
towards the wall. Turn left 90 degrees, put on your X-Ray Scanner and
look up. You'll see part of the ventilation duct, and there will be
something that looks like a visible keyhole on the duct. What does
this do? Nobody knows...
*****************************************************************
Mission 4.3 - Area 51 - Escape
A. Overview
Now that youíve got our little friend, a Maian, itís time to bug out of
here. Youíll have to drop off the alien somewhere, rendezvous with
Jon, and get out somehow... Youíll be at Jonís mercy a couple of times
this level where heíll ask you to cover him, so be prepared.
B. Objectives
1. PA: Locate the Alien Tech Medpack
2. A SA PA: Rendezvous with CI Spy
3. A SA PA: Locate the Secret Hangar
4. A SA PA: Revive the Maian Bodyguard
5. A SA PA: Escape from Area 51.
C. Equipment
Starting:
A SA PA: Falcon 2 (scope) - Starting ammo: 100.
SA : Alien Tech Medpack - This will already be used on the Maian in
Agent, so you wonít need to worry about using it.
In Mission:
A SA PA: Tranquilizers - Off the Biotechs.
A SA PA: SuperDragon - Off the Guards. Youíll make good use of the
Grenade Launcher in this level.
A SA PA: Remote Mine - Available if youíre speedy...
PA: Alien Tech Medpack - Youíll have to find the Medpack within
the level now...
D. Opposition
Area 51 Guards - These guys are now alerted to your presence and will
be out in serious force. Their SuperDragons will help you immensely.
Biotechnicians - There are a few of these guys left hangin around at
the beginning. Donít let them drug you with their Tranqs...
E. Walkthrough
All: Oh great. Youíve liberated the Maian, only to find yourself in a
lab full of nerve gas. Youíll be safe once you hit the hallway, but
you will take a small amount of damage. Itís really unavoidable. You
can carry around the Maian in the same way you carried the crate last
mission. B to grab him, and B to let go.
Note: If you'd really like another scoped Falcon, you can turn around
and head back into the lab. The two biosuits will have guns lying next
to them. Pick up both scoped Falcons.
All: Turn right once you hit the main hallway. Behind the door are a
couple of Biotechs. Hit them before they drug you and continue forward
to a previously locked door. Holding the Maian off to the side can
help quite a bit to open doors faster. Push the Maian into the room
down the ramp and Jon will tell you to meet up with him. Go back up
the ramp and turn right into the cryo lab. Kill the two Biotechs and
move to the back and go down the ramp. If you deposited the Maian fast
enough, youíll find a box with three Remote Mines inside at the
bottom. Sweet.
All: On your right are three guards. Youíll have partial obscurity by
the wall, so use it when picking them off. After you finish, open the
door at the other end of the room and head outside onto the catwalks,
where youíll find a bunch more. About four guards will haunt this
area. Defeat them and go to the door on the far end.
A: Inside youíll find Jon waiting patiently for you.
Objective 2 Completed! (A)
PA: The Alien Medpack is around here somewhere. Push the oil drum on
the floor next to the glass and plug it from a safe distance. Activate
the console inside, then run around the corner to the door. Open it,
and grab the Medpack inside.
Objective 1 Completed!
SA PA: Continue through this room, around the wall, and to the left
through multiple doors, finding solitary guards all along the way.
Waste them all and head right. Deal with a couple more guards, cross a
small catwalk and enter a small storage area where Jon will be hiding
in a corner. Go up to him and go to the far door almost immediately to
be ready to intercept three guards coming in. A grenade from your
SuperDragon should do nicely.
Objective 2 Completed! (SA PA)
All: Stay close to Jon and eliminate any guards that happen upon you
two as you head back. When you reach the multiple door area, four
guards will jump out of one of the doors ready to nail you. Jon will
stay behind and try to deal with them himself if you run ahead, and
thatíll get him killed quickly. Once you cross back along the catwalks
and reach the room where you met the first three guards of the level,
youíll find four standing in a bunch ready to receive your welcoming
grenade launch. Donít keep them waiting.
All: Here, Jon will ask you cover him while he blows open an entrance
to the secret hangar. The guards will come from the door you just went
through, so stand back and be ready to launch grenades every time
someone pops their head in. You should have plenty. Once Jonathan
finishes, heíll back up from the wall he working on. Do the same as
the wall will blow very shortly. Head through and rush down the ramp
on the other side.
Objective 3 Completed!
All: This type of hangar should look a bit familiar to you. Turn
around and head through the door closest to you. This is the room
where you left the Maian.
SA PA: Run up to his hover bed and use the Medpack on him. Itíll take
a few moments, during which youíll be fending off attacks from the
hangar, the hole you blew open, and the ramp you originally came down
to drop the Maian off on. Itíll be quite the mess, but stick it out
and donít panic. In about thirty seconds, the Medpack will finish.
Objective 4 Completed!
All: The Maian will wake up, introduce himself as Elvis and suggest you
all use his ship to leave. Deal with any guards close by and hightail
it around the side of the hangar to the saucer. Make sure both Jon and
Elvis get there. Elvis will explain that only two people can get out
on the saucer. You have a choice here.
1. Let Jonathan do the opening of the hangar doors. All you need to do
is cover him. Heíll get out on a nearby hoverbike.
2. Look at Jonathan as he goes towards the consoles. You'll tell him
to leave with Elvis. Activate the consoles yourself, then, grab the
hoverbike, ride through the door to Elvis' room, then up the ramp to
the main hallway. All the necessary doors will be unlocked and will
open automatically. Ride all the past the showers and to the hangar.
Go to the far left corner of the hangar and ride up to the main
entrance area. Turn left as you enter the room with diagonal pillars.
Ride through the last couple of doors and you're out.
All Objectives Completed!
F. Time Trial - Under 3:50 on Agent
Rush Elvis immediately to his spot, pausing for a second or two to pop
the two biotechs. Sprint like a madwoman to Jonathanís spot, making
sure to kill the biotechs, but hitting guards on the fly. Make sure
you have a SuperDragon when you meet Jon, because youíll need it to
take out all the guards on the way back. Grenade the four-guard
welcoming party in the room next to the Secret Hangar and let Jon do
his thing. You should be close to two minutes after he finishes. Run
through once the explosion clears and drop off the ramp and immediately
rush to Elvis. Stop the cut scene right away. Clear any straggling
guards, and then literally push Elvis so that heíll get to his spot by
his ship faster. You should have not much more than three minutes on
the clock at this point. As soon as Elvis starts talking, rush
straight for the ramp and activate the two terminals yourself. This
will still count as "you leave with Elvis, Jon gets out on the hover
bike", so youíre done!
G. Cheats
Completing the level earns you the SuperDragon Cheat. Carry something
a little heavier than your Falcon into town...
Completing the Time Trial earns you the Invincibility Cheat. Yes,
Goldeneye fans. The cheat that gave you so much trouble last time is
only an Agent-level Time Trial away. Needless to say, nothing gets to
you in this mode.
The Cheese Wedge is in the same place as it was in Area 51: Rescue.
Head for the large hangar outside of the showers and cross the metal
rafter. It's in the duct above the showers.
*****************************************************************
Mission 5.1 - Air Base - Espionage
A. Overview
Now, itís time to help the President, like you wanted to before this
whole Elvis incident. Thereís no time to cancel his intended flight to
Oslo from Alaska, so youíll have to tell him the bad news about Trent
Easton on the flight. First, of course, youíll have to sneak aboard,
which is no mean feat...
B. Objectives
1. A SA PA: Obtain the Disguise and Enter the Base
2. SA PA: Check in the Equipment
3. A SA PA: Subvert the Security Monitoring System
4. PA: Obtain the Flight Plans from the Safe
5. A SA PA: Board Air Force One
C. Equipment
Starting:
A SA PA: Crossbow - The first mission without your Falcon in a while.
Of course, this mission is supposed to be an espionage type...
Starting ammo: 12.
A SA PA: DrugSpy - Even more sneaky than the Crossbow, this little bud
can take out the bad guys without being seen.
A SA PA: Horizon Scanner - You wonít need it too much in this level,
since youíll be spending a lot of time inside.
You'll also start with 30 rifle bullets.
In Mission:
A SA PA: Dragon - Held by good guys...
A SA PA: DY357 Magnum - Held by bad guys...
A SA PA: K7 Avenger - Held by ugly guys...
A SA PA: Proximity Mine - Hidden near the beginning.
D. Opposition
Alaskan Guard: These white suits are actually good guys, guarding this
place diligently for the Pres. You canít just say, "Iím a CI agent,
can I see the Pres?" so youíll have silence them without killing them.
They carry Dragons.
Head Stewardess: Sheís en route to the base and carrying her uniform in
a bag. Youíre to knock her out and assume her identity.
Office Suit: Stealing a suitcase from these guys is easy, as is
silencing them after you do so. Just donít kill them.
NSA Lackey: These guys standing around in dark blue uniforms know who
you are. Youíll have to silence them as you come across them.
Sometimes theyíll pull their Magnums.
NSA Bodyguard: Once youíre made, and you will be, trust me, these
Avenger-wielding, black and white-striped suited baddies will be making
your life miserable.
E. Walkthrough
All: Youíll start in hiding. No one will find you here, so you can
immediately deploy the DrugSpy and start knocking out the three Alaskan
guards standing around. You can also use your Crossbow, but if they
see you the guard on the far side of the door will go for the alarm,
ending your mission before it really started.
All: Proceed down the tunnel and youíll end up finding two more Alaskan
Guards and the Head Stewardess. Knock ëem all out, one way or the
other and pick up the bag with the uniform. Put it on and put your
weapon away. You can continue down to the end of the path near the
cable car exit and you'll see a box. This box contains a Proximity
Mine.
Objective 1 Completed!
All: Enter the base and the receptionist will greet you.
SA PA: Turn around and enter the elevator behind you. Go up, past the
two Office Suits and grab the case on the far corner. Knock out the
two guys and go back down.
All: Enter the area. Go down the escalator ahead of you.
SA PA: Off to your right is the conveyor belt where youíll drop your
suitcase. Switch to it and press B to drop it on the pad. You only
have a limited time to do the next objective, so get moving.
Objective 2 Completed!
All: Run through the scanner to your right and to the next room. Knock
out the NSA Lackey immediately. Bear right and run into the small
hallway with flat pillars. Follow the hallway as it curves around to
the right and go up the stairs at the end. First knock out the NSA
Lackey with the Avenger, then the Alaskan Guard at the PC. Hit the
button on the console.
Objective 3 Completed!
All: Now, youíre in trouble. The NSA Bodyguards know youíre here and
youíll have to fight to get on the plane. All Alaskan Guards in the
area will be promptly killed as the NSA takes over. This means
thereíll be a few extra Dragons lying around, although you may not have
much time to grab ëem before being shot. Be very careful as you go
downstairs. Many NSAís will come swarming around the corner, and some
will appear from behind the pillar structures. Itís tough, especially
on PA, but you should kill them all to prevent shots in the back. Use
the stairs as a shield when you reload. Once you killed them all, you
need to board the plane. There are two ways to do it. There are a few
ways to get to these two places, but Iíll describe the most direct ways
here.
A: You canít take Option 1. The door is locked.
PA: Youíll want to take Option 1 regardless, as you have an objective
in that area.
Option 1:
SA PA: Head back the way you came, around to where you met the first
Lackey and open the door. Proceed through the office area.
PA: Go to the second door on your left. Continue onto the next room,
shooting any guards, and then shooting the mine on the door to your
left. It wonít blow up the door, but it will blow up the glass next to
it. Crouch through the glass, head to the far right corner, move the
glass panel, then push the button under it. This will open the safe
where you can get the flight plans. Youíll wire these plans to Elvis
during takeoff so that heíll be able to tail you in his craft. Grab
them and leave the offices, shooting guards if they attack.
Objective 4 Completed!
SA PA: Go down the elevator at the end of the hallway. Once it stops,
youíll be at ground level with the plane. Hit the elevator again and
youíll ride up a floor. Exit. Turn left, and head to the shuttle to
finish.
Option 2:
A SA: Go into the side hallway as you leave the pillared area. Kill
the Lackey, and ride the freight elevator all the way down. Watch as
you exit. Thereíll be two more guards as you round the bend, and a
mess more on the platform ahead. Right now, youíre at ground level.
The planeís to your right. Behind you is a console. Shoot it and the
laser grid surrounding the plane will start to flicker. Carefully step
through it and up to the cargo ladder to finish.
All Objectives Completed!
Final Note: A quick run around the side, and youíre at the elevator
that leads to the shuttle. This basically shows that either exit is
available to all skill levels, but some are more convenient than others
are.
F. Time Trial - Under 3:11 on Special Agent
Immediately, turn the corner and shoot the first guard. Shoot the
other two in the front area as well. Run all the way through the cave
and shoot the last two guards and the stewardess. Change and switch to
Unarmed on the fly. Run inside, pass near the receptionist so she
acknowledges you, and run into the elevator, which should be open after
40 seconds. Ride it up and take the case. Run back to the elevator.
While waiting, the suits will walk right into your deadly fists. Take
the elevator down, switching to the suitcase on the way, and run to the
door.
Sprint straight for the baggage conveyor, drop off the case, then run
through the scanner, around the hall and to the PC upstairs, punching
out the NSA Lackey who identifies you. Disarm the NSA Lackey and hit
the PC immediately. Hop downstairs, pulling out the Avenger, and run
screaming to the elevator in the office area. The freight elevator is
closer, but the office elevator is far faster. Lay down suppression
fire whenever you need it, and hit the elevator. Odds are itíll take
about 15 seconds, so be sure to turn around and dispose of anyone on
your tail. Ride the elevator all the way down. Immediately hop out
and run around to the left, up the series of stairs, shooting guards
along the way, past the elevator, and into the shuttle.
G. Cheats
Completing the level earns you the Team Heads Cheat. Now, whenever you
fight Simulants in Multiplayer, youíll be facing off against members of
the Perfect Dark team.
Completing the Time Trial earns you the Unlimited Ammo - No Reloads
Cheat. This is what unlimited ammoís REALLY about! Just hold down the
Z button and make some holes, wonít you?
The Cheese Wedge is outside, on the other side of the tunnel. Go to
the area where the Proximity Mines rest and you'll see mountains.
Pitch down and you'll see water. Equip the Horizon Scanner and zoom
down to a corner in the water and you'll see the cheese.
*****************************************************************
Mission 5.2 - Air Force One - Anti-Terrorism
A. Overview
Youíre on the plane now. The President is somewhere here.
Unfortunately, neither he nor his Security force suspects a thing.
Your disguise will hold up for a bit here, but some may become
suspicious if you enter restricted areas. Your main goal is to get to
the Pres and get him out of there. Of course, nothing ever goes as
smoothly as planned.
B. Objectives
1. SA PA: Locate and Retrieve the Equipment
2. A SA PA: Locate the President
3. A SA PA: Get the President to the Escape Capsule
4. PA: Secure the Air Force One Flight Path
5. A SA PA: Detach the UFO from Air Force One
C. Equipment
Starting:
A SA PA: Combat Boost - On this level, I donít find these particularly
useful. If you feel like using them and getting several seconds of
improved reaction time, go ahead and use them. You start with 2 of
them.
A : Laptop Gun - This covert assault weapon will be perfect in the
tense situation that is this mission. Starting ammo: 100.
A : Suitcase - This snappy Samsonite holds the evidence against
Trent Easton, which youíll have to present to the Pres.
A : Timed Mine - You never know when some heavy explosive might
come in handy on a plane.
Like in the Carrington Villa, you start with 100 9mm bullets, then are
given a gun's worth of bullets for "picking up" the Laptop Gun.
In Mission:
SA PA: Suitcase - This, and all the items in it, will have to be
found in the cargo bay.
SA PA: Laptop Gun
SA PA: Timed Mine
A SA PA: Cyclone - The ridiculously fast bodyguard weapon makes an
appearance here.
A SA PA: K7 Avenger - This assault weapon is so nasty, especially when
youíre facing down the wrong end of it...
D. Opposition
Presidential Security: These gray-suited good guys will only regard you
as a threat in the short window of time between you infiltrating the
Presidential Suite, and when you find the President. They carry
Cyclones. After you find the President, they become your buds.
Steward and Stewardess: They know who their staff is, and will get
yelpy when you show up. Knock them out.
NSA Bodyguard: Theyíre still here, and still carry K7 Avengers.
Mr. Blonde: Finally, youíll get a chance to tango with these strange
white-suited men. They carry K7 Avengers, too.
Trent Easton: Heís on board the plane, but heís a bit cowardly when
facing up one on one against your kind.
E. Walkthrough
There are two places you can start this mission. Neither are too far
apart. If you entered by the shuttle, youíll start out on the Main
deck. In front of you will be a dumb waiter. This leads to the
kitchen, and on the far end will be the cargo bay, where youíll start
if you entered using the cargo ladder.
A: If youíre not already there, head to the starting point on the Main
Deck and open the rather ornate double doors.
SA PA: If youíre not already there, head to the cargo bay. Go to the
front of the plane, away from the kitchen. Youíll see a guard standing
next to a Cargo Bay lift. Knock him out and retrieve his key. Hit the
button on near the lift and grab the Suitcase that comes up. Grab it
and head to the Main Deck starting point via the dumb waiter and open
the ornate double doors.
Optionally, you can lower the Jetbike in the next room into the cargo
hold using the guardís key. This may come in handy on the next
mission.
Objective 1 Completed!
All: Enter the Presidential Suite and immediately run upstairs,
avoiding the Security that might fire on you. As you reach the top,
turn left, and then left again. Enter the door straight ahead to meet
the Big Cheese himself. Youíll explain the situation, show him the
evidence, and be jostled as an unknown craft attached an umbilical tube
to yours. The NSA have arrived it seems.
Objective 2 Completed!
All: Time to leave, Mr. President. Head back down the way you came,
eliminating the bodyguard at the foot of the stairs, and the other one
just behind the exit doors. Forget the tube for now. Just worry about
the Pres. Take the left door into the cabin, eliminating the two
guards that are there. Thereís also a Security man who may be able to
help, but donít count on it. Continue through to the next hallway,
then to last cabin, where Trent will be flanked by two Mr. Blondes
rooted to their spots. Off the Blondes, and watch out for more NSA
coming through the left door. You should kill about five guards. As
you pass through the final left door, turn right and drop down the
hatch in the plane. Open the door right ahead of you and eliminate the
guard on the other side. Run up to the small chamber ahead of you. If
the Pres. is still alive, heíll track you here and run into the capsule
in this chamber, so donít bother waiting for him.
Objective 3 Completed!
All: Continue on past the capsule room and youíll end up at the kitchen
again, soon. Get in the dumb waiter in the kitchen and ride it up to
the outside of the Pres. Suite. Throw the Timed Mine into the tube on
your right, after plugging the guard.
Objective 5 Completed!
PA: Enter the Suite. Listen. Hear that engine sound? That means
trouble. Run up the stairs and bear right. Enter the door on the far
wall, shoot the guard, go through the next two doors and shoot the
last guard. The pilots are dead. All you can do is jam your thumb on
the flashing red button down between them to activate the autopilot.
After all this has happened, the mine will blow, but it wonít be enough
to detach the tube. Jo will ask Elvis for some help. His weapons
will, unfortunately, malfunction. Heíll be forced to crash into the
tube. This canít end well...
All Objectives Completed!
F. Time Trial - Under 3:55 on Perfect Agent
Youíll need to start in the cargo bay to get this time. Run
immediately behind you into the cargo bay, punch the guard and raise
the case. Jump down and grab it as it comes up to buy yourself an
extra second. Run to the kitchen and punch out the two flight
attendants. Hit the dumb waiter. Ride it up. Head immediately for
the Pres. After your conversation is done, dash for the lower floor.
Be sure to take out all the guards, as you donít want the Pres. to get
winged. After you drop him off, toss the mine, and head for the
cockpit. There really isnít a big trick to this level. If youíre
skilled enough to tackle the level normally, you shouldnít have too
many troubles doing it a bit faster and more efficiently.
G. Cheats
Beating the level earns you the Laptop Gun Cheat. Handle my fave like
a pro. Itíll be even nicer once you earn the next cheat.
Beating the Time Trial earns you the Unlimited Ammo - Laptop Sentry Gun
Cheat. Oh yes. Toss the baby on the floor in a crowded place and
duck!
The Cheese Wedge is in the room that leads to the escape capsule. It's
not hard to spot, but easy to miss as you're usually in a hurry when
you're here. It's on a platform with gas tanks right in front of the
capsule door.
*****************************************************************
Mission 5.3 - Crash Site - Confrontation
A. Overview
Air Force One is down, as is Elvisí Maian Saucer, and the strange ship
that held you all captive. Thereís a jamming signal blocking your
communications, and youíre all alone in the snow. No one else is
around, and youíve been knocked out of your disguise and back into your
Arctic garb. Time to find out where and in what condition everyone
is...
This mission has two major areas: the open area, where itís easy to
lose your sense of direction, and the caverns, where youíll have no
idea where youíre going. Stick to my directions and you should be
fine... Hopefully...
B. Objectives
1. SA PA: Retrieve the Presidential Medical Scanner
2. A SA PA: Activate the Distress Beacon
3. PA: Shut Down the Enemy Jamming Device
4. A SA PA: Retire the Presidential Clone
5. A SA PA: Locate and Rescue the President
C. Equipment
Starting:
A SA PA: Falcon 2 (scope) - Did you miss it? Starting ammo: 50.
A SA PA: Remote Mine - Useful for clearing crowds, but PAís might want
to save them for whateverís jamming the communications. You start with
three.
A SA PA: Night Vision - There are some dark caverns around. Best to
carry this, just in case you need to do some spelunking...
A SA PA: Horizon Scanner - The binocs will become a bit more useful
here, with all the wide-open spaces.
A : PresScan - This is a lot like an R-Tracker. Itíll sniff out
the Presidentís location in the same manner.
You also start with 100 rifle bullets.
In Mission:
A SA PA: K7 Avenger - Standard Guard Weapon for this mission
A SA PA: Sniper Rifle - Another guard weapon, but found a little less
frequently.
A SA PA: Proximity Mine - A present from your Maian buddy if you find
him early.
SA PA: PresScan - Youíll have to find it.
A SA PA: DY357-LX - This powerful magnum is held by one person in
particular. Youíll become the Woman with the Golden Gun while you hold
it...
D. Opposition
NSA Bodyguard: Still here. Still with Avengers. Thatís a big
bodyguard force.
Mr. Blonde: The ones patrolling above ground have Sniper Rifles, while
the ones inhabiting the cave carry Avengers.
Drone Guns: There are two of these buggers posted by the jamming
device. Eliminate them from afar or from behind a wall.
Sentry Robot: There are four of these guarding the President. They
donít have shields like the one in Chicago, and can be taken out with
sustained gunfire. Their lasers still hurt, though...
Trent Easton: The Director of the NSA has the Pres. at gunpoint
himself. With his DY357-LX, the mission can be over in one shot.
Youíll need to drive him off somehow.
E. Walkthrough
All: OK. Here you are in a snowfield. If you dropped the bike down
the hatch in the last level, itíll be behind you on the snow. You can
use it for a little extra speed if you so desire, but it kinda spoils
your aiming as it bobs up and down. Your choice.
All: Behind you as you start is a small ravine with a patrol of two
NSAs and a Blonde. Shoot all three and continue down the slope and
follow the cliffside until you reach a log across the canyon. Cross
it, then run straight ahead to find the glowing lights of Elvisí
saucer. Heíll give you a Proximity Mine for coming to visit. You have
to do this before completing any objectives to get the mine, however.
A: Thereís also a Shield next to this ship.
All: Go back across the log and to your starting point. Follow the
right wall as it corners to the right. There are two NSAs out here
watching over the downed capsule. Fortunately, theyíre backs are
turned. Sloppy... Thereís also a two NSA, one Blonde patrol coming
around the bend to your left. Dispose of them all, and then hit the
red glow on the capsule.
Objective 2 Completed!
SA PA: Head for a small passage on your right as you enter the capsule
area. Youíll see the majority of the downed Air Force One here. Go to
the starboard side of the plane (left from where youíre standing) and
find the scanner (a suitcase) in the snow. Itís on the far side of a
small hill. Grab it and turn it on.
Objective 1 Completed!
All: Whatís this? Two blips on the scanner? They finally did it!
They cloned the President! Apparently, the clone was on the alien ship
waiting switching with the real Pres. and is now trapped down here with
everyone else. You need to find him and make sure he makes no more
executive decisions. Go back the way the second patrol came from and
follow the slope down to a ravine area. Thereíll be two NSAs on patrol
here. If youíre noisy about it, two more may show up. Try not to be.
PA: Before dealing with the clone, letís do something about that
jamming, OK? As you finish off the guards in the area, youíll see
three ways out. Take the way on the far right. Youíll come to a short
drop to a ledge. Two guards will be patrolling this ledge and the
cavern beyond. Take them out. Follow the cave all the way until it
ends at a clearing. On your right will be the two drone guns. The far
one wonít see you, but the near one will. Take them out, shooting the
near one with the Sniper Rifle as itís partially in sight.
PA: Look at the bottom of the hill. So, the jamming device IS the
UFO. Exterminate the two NSAs near the ship, and toss two Remote Mines
on the ship. Back up a considerable distance and slap the B and A
buttons together to make one dandy fireball. After youíre done, head
back the same way you came. Youíll be able to climb back up that short
drop, so donít worry.
Objective 3 Completed!
All: Note the three exits from the area. Take the center one. Youíll
know youíre going the right way when you see a rock pile ahead of you
and a large opening in the rock wall off to your left. Head for that
opening, and youíll see a big hole in the ground. There are four NSAs
surrounding this hole. This is a good place for the Prox Mine. Place
it at the opening in the rock wall and shoot the furthest NSA, who
should be visible. The remaining three will come over and get blown up
by the mine, or will be shot by you, whatever.
All: Go over to the hole. Look down with your Sniper Rifle. Youíll
see a guy who looks like the Pres. but heíll not be wearing a jacket
and his tie will be loose. Thatís your man. Take aim and send him to
that big White House in the sky. Eliminate the Blondes guarding him if
you can. Otherwise, wait patiently for them to come around to you
where you can pick them off as they come down to this area.
Youíve just saved yourself a trip through the dark and dangerous
caverns!
A SA: You couldíve gone down there if you wanted a Shield, which is
lying right next to the clone.
Objective 4 Completed!
All: Climb the slope to your right. Itíll enter a cave. This oneís
decently lit, so donít worry. Youíll walk by a small opening to your
right. Look down and drop your last remote mine on the robots down
there. You should take out one. Two if youíre good...
All: Follow the slope as it curves down and to the right. Eliminate
the rest of the bots by hiding as you come upon them and emptying a
magazine of Avenger fire. Youíll eventually run into Trent and the
Pres. Youíll need to scare Trent off. You can either shoot him until
his shield turns green, or you can Disarm him and steal his Magnum.
Youíll have to be fast for the latter, but you do get that lovely
gun...
All: Make sure the Pres. is following you, then head back up the slope
you came in on. Make a sharp right into a small tunnel and follow it
up to the surface. Youíll see three rock formations ahead. Head for
the furthest one. Behind it is Elvisí saucer. Once you touch the
saucer, youíll get verbal conformation from Jo, and the Pres. will head
straight for it, leaving you free to go waste guards without having to
lead him around. Once he reaches it, the cut scene will start. Jo
will console the Pres. on what a lousy day itís been, while Elvis fixes
up his ship. Heíll tell Jo about the Pelagic II, which Trent and
DataDyne wanted to use to do some deep-sea investigation. Sheíll
mention Trent isnít going to be a problem anymore. The scene cuts to
Mr. Blonde informing Trent that heís a flawed device and no longer
needed. Trent threatens Blonde, drawing his gun, and cautiously steps
back as the "Scandinavian freak" advances on him. Suddenly, there is
some distortion and Blondeís form fades, replaced with that of a
vicious alien creature, a Skedar, mortal enemy of the Maians. The
Skedar rakes his claws across the astonished Trent, lets him fall, then
walks off, reverting to his disguised state.
All Objectives Completed!
F. Time Trial - Under 2:50 on Agent
Using the jetbike here would help a lot. Hop on and head straight for
the distress beacon, capping the two guards in the area. Hit the
beacon while still on the bike and ride to the passage to the caverns,
taking out the patrol on the way, being sure to grab the Sniper Rifle
that the Blonde has. As you reach the hole area, hop off the bike,
eliminate all the guards surrounding the hole, and snipe the Clone from
above. Immediately, head for the cavern on your right that will lead
you down to the President. Eliminate the sentries, scare off Trent,
make sure the Pres. is following you, and dash to Elvis. Thereíll be
several guards on your back, so stay sharp.
G. Cheats
Completing the level earns you the Perfect Darkness Cheat. Any level
becomes really dark and you get a pair of Night Vision Goggles for your
trouble. Itís a cute cheat.
Completing the Time Trial earns you the Trentís Magnum, or DY357-LX
Cheat. Will anyone mess with you now that youíre packing the ultimate
heat? Of course, but they wonít live to regret it...
The Cheese Wedge is in the area where the majority of the crashed plane
is. Find the Mr. Blonde standing in the area, and search the wall
behind him. There's a crack in the wall. Look as far as you can into
the crack and you'll see a yellow speck. Zoom in and you'll see your
cheese.
*****************************************************************
Mission 6.1 - Pelagic II - Exploration
A. Overview
Well, DataDyne and the Skedar couldnít do it the normal way, so they
just decided to hijack the Pelagic II without proper clearance. You
and Elvis need to get in there, disable it, and just maybe find out
whatís going on below the depths...
This level can get VERY confusing. It was bad enough having lots of
wide-open space, but itís even worse to have a whole bunch of
connecting rooms that connect to each other in a billion different
ways. Follow the directions to the letter so you donít get lost.
B. Objectives
1. A SA PA: Disable the Primary Power Source
2. PA: Secure the Laboratories and Research Data
3. A SA PA: Deactivate the GPS and Autopilot
4. SA PA: Activate the Moon Pool Lift
5. A SA PA: Rendezvous and Escape with Elvis
C. Equipment
Starting:
A SA PA: Falcon 2 (silenced) - Starting ammo: 100.
A SA PA: Laptop Gun - A little heavy support for this mission. Sentry
Gun can come in handy, although itís not all that necessary. Starting
ammo: 100.
A SA PA: N-Bomb - A LOT of heavy support for this mission! These guys
can be good room incapacitators... You start with three.
A SA PA: X-Ray Scanner - Youíll need it to find out what to push when
shutting down the power, and itís always handy if you wanna see if
anyoneís trying to hide from you.
In Mission:
A SA PA: CMP150 - Did you miss it? Standard guard weapon.
A SA PA: DY357 Magnum - One of the noncombatants is carrying this
concealed.
D. Opposition
Pelagic II Guard: Yep. The only opposing force is these guys who look
like they belong on a farm milkiní cows... Donít underestimate them,
for theyíre as skilled as the next guy is.
Pilot and Scientist: Noncombatants. These guys are carrying and are
able to operate useful things. One will pull a Magnum.
Camera: There are four on this ship. Two are in the power plant area,
another is in the research area and the other is in a room further on
from the power plant.
E. Walkthrough
Two notes about this level:
One: There is an alarm system on board. There are activating terminals
in almost every room on the first deck you start on. Watch for a guard
that says something like "Activate the alarm!" or "Warn the others!"
Heíll then run for the nearest alarm panel. Kill him before he gets
there. If the alarm is activated, it can be shut off, but the trip
will be made much harder with an increased number of guards appearing
throughout the ship.
Two: You CAN shoot through the windows on the doors in this area. The
bad guys canít shoot back, fortunately. Use this to your advantage
when proceeding, as itíll seriously come in handy.
Ready? Okay.
All: You and Elvis will enter the area. Heíll take off to go "secure
the perimeter" as he puts it. Yeah, right. Probably looking for a pub
to knock back a few. Anyway, youíll be on your own for the majority of
the mission. Open the first door and plug the unsuspecting guard with
his back turned. Head down the ramp and take out the other guard
around the bend before he can activate the alarm.
All: The next room is a bit tricky. There are four guards in the room,
and theyíre not placed well enough for you to be able to pick them off
one by one and not get the alarm activated in the process. Not without
losing some health at least, a luxury you donít have much of on PA.
This is a good place for one of your N-Bombs. Hide on the left side of
the door, duck down, and lob the bomb as far back in the room as you
can, since one of the guards is rather far back. As it blows, take out
the guard standing right in front of you just in case the bomb
doesnít. Odds will be that the guards will either be down or have no
guns, making picking them off a snap as they will immediately try to
retrieve their weapons. Unfortunately, thereís a chance that a guard
from a ways away will show up and try to ruin your day. Prove he canít
do that.
All: Right. There are two other doors out of this area. Take the
left one and youíll enter the main power area. First, shoot the camera
on the left wall of this room. Then, put on your X-Ray Specs. The
column will have eight terminals, four green and four red. Activate
all four green terminals and run downstairs. Shoot the camera behind
you as you hit the bottom, then activate the master switch on the big
tube sticking out from the bottom. Run back upstairs and out the door
you came in. Turn left and go through the door.
Objective 1 Completed!
SA PA: Youíll have to eliminate all the guards in the next area ahead
to prevent alarm trips and reach the Moon Pool operation room. Start
by pegging the first one from behind the window (he has Double Falcons
if you havenít tripped the alarm), then the next that comes to
investigate. Pull out your Laptop Gun, turn left, and go around the
adjoining rooms in a clockwise circle, systematically eliminating the
guards in the rooms ahead before they can get to the alarms. Once
youíre done, (itís not easy) enter the hallway with a door that goes
off to the side. This is the Moon Pool operation room. There are four
guards in here if the alarm was tripped. Eliminate if need be, then go
to the right side of the room and activate the monitor on the wall.
Thisíll raise the deep submersible for you. Return to the point from
where this paragraph started.
A SA: Thereís a Shield on one of the crates in this room.
Objective 4 Completed!
All: Go up the set of stairs to the yellow hallway.
PA: Turn left and open the door. Take out the prying camera on the
right wall ahead. On either side of you is a door. Switch to Pistol
Whip or Punch and go into each of the two rooms. There is one
scientist on the right side and two on the left side. Theyíll all go
down in one, and none will attack, but they will try to bug off.
Follow them if they do, they usually head upstairs. Grab the disks
they drop. Head back to the first yellow hallway.
Objective 2 Completed!
All: Take the stairs up and eliminate the two guards on the landing.
Proceed further up and youíll happen upon the control room. Get all
tough-looking, then walk up to the pilots and youíll tell one to shut
off the autopilot. While he does that, another will try to shoot him.
Punch the shooter before he gets too far. After you silence him, tell
the pilot to shut off the GPS. Heíll go over and do that. Now, the
ship wonít be too helpful to DataDyne anymore.
Objective 3 Completed!
A: If you desire a Shield, head out the door on the far side of the
control room. Eliminate the two guards, go straight ahead, and pick it
up on the deck outside.
All: Head back downstairs and take the door on your left as get to the
yellow hallway. Prepare for a bunch of rooms of death ahead. Youíll
reach a series of yellow rooms that will have guards placed behind
boxes. Youíll have to proceed right and around, eliminating the guards
in the rooms ahead. Thereíll be half as many if you havenít activated
the alarm. In the first room, head right to the next room, then
proceed through eight more rooms. Use the windows to pick off guards
to make it far easier. The eighth room has two means of exit. Take
the one that will be on the left, which will lead you to the Moon Pool
Room.
A: Elvis, bless him, is already here prepping the place for your
descent into the depths. Follow him to the ladder to finish the
level.
SA PA: Time to go find Elvis. Retrace your steps all the way back to
the main power room. Take the lower door out. Go into the next room
and through the door with the drawn shade over the window. Youíll have
the lionís share of guards as you proceed, so stay alert. The first
room, in addition to a guard right in front, has a camera on the left
wall, and another guard around the last corner. The next room has a
guard visible through the window, and the third has two visible through
the window. Descending the stairs will get you into even more
trouble. Youíll have three guards on you in short order. A good
strategy is to retreat to the last door after scaring them up and
hiding behind it, shooting through the window.
SA PA: Down the stairs, and around the square-shaped hall, youíll find
two more guards guarding the top of another set of stairs, two more at
the bottom, and a fifth behind the door at the bottom. After all
thatís done, proceed through to find Elvis in one of the worst
rendezvous points in gaming history, at the bottom of the ship. Heíll
ask you where youíve been. Resist the urge to blast him... Follow him
out and, through the yellow corridors, and back to the Moon Pool room
to complete the level.
All Objectives Completed!
SUPER GREAT ULTRA TRICK!
In the Moon Pool lift activation room, you CAN open the door to the
Moon Pool. Simply put on your X-Ray Scanner and find the console on
the other side of the wall. Activate it and the door will open. To
actually get the "Objective complete", you have go towards the door on
the right, the way you normally come in.
F. Time Trial - Under 7:07 on Special Agent
With the trick of opening the Moon Pool door from the other side, this
Time Trial isn't that hard at all.
Youíll want to use the Laptop for most of your work here. Refills are
readily available. Itís fast, accurate, and has a bigger magazine than
a CMP. What more could a girl ask for?
Be sure to shoot all the guards near the alarms. Tripping alarms at
this point is seriously bad for your health and your time. Use the
N-Bomb in the usual place. It seriously helps and is less detrimental
to your health then just blasting. Go to the Power Room after your
done. Shoot the upstairs camera and the guard, and go to work, using
the Pause Menu to switch on and off the Scanner. Go out the way you
came in, and head for the system of rooms with alarms. Go
counter-clockwise, methodically killing all the guards. Once youíre
done. Enter the Lift Room and hit the console. Run back up to the GPS
and Autopilot room using the two sets of stairs, deleting the guards in
your way. Get the scientists to do their thing and head back down.
Take the stairs in the alarm complex down one level, exterminate the
two guards, then make your way to Elvis, killing everyone. Once you
find him, run back up to the Moon Pool room, put on your X-Ray specs,
activate the door from the other side and youíre done!
G. Cheats and Other Stuff
Completing the level earns you the classic Enemy Rockets Cheat. The
bad guys will now be heavily armed with Rocket Launchers. Be sure to
duck and cover...
Completing the Time Trial earns you the classic Unlimited Ammo Cheat.
The same one from Goldeneye. You have unlimited bullets, but you still
have to reload.
The Cheese Wedge is in the third room, the one you start in being the
first. This is the room where there are several guards and you should
use an N-Bomb. Stand in front of the last grating before the door at
the far end and look down. It'll be under the grating.
*****************************************************************
Mission 6.2 - Deep Sea - Nullify Threat
A. Overview
Youíve found what the Skedar and their puppets, DataDyne have been
looking for, a living weapon on the bed of the Pacific Ocean. This
monstrosity is capable of separating the weak nuclear forces of
molecules and dissapating them. DataDyne would be all for having a
weapon of such power, except they donít know that, before the Maian
home planet is targeted, the device will be tested on Earth...
Itís up to you and your little buddy, now. This is big. Really big.
This ship isnít all that confusing, but it is a bit intimidating.
There are alien methods of getting around the ship, but down sweat too
hard, itís not all that hard to figure out. Elvis will do most of the
grunt work anyway. Get Dr. Caroll out too, while youíre at it.
B. Objectives
1. A SA PA: Activate the Teleportals
2. A SA PA: Disable the Cetan Megaweapon
3. SA PA: Secure the Control Room
4. PA: Restore Dr. Carollís Personality
5. A SA PA: Escape from Cetan Ship
C. Equipment
Starting:
A SA PA: Falcon 2 (Scope) - Starting ammo: 50.
A SA PA: Shotgun - Expect heavy resistance in this area. A big gun
might be just what you need to even the odds. Starting ammo: 100.
A SA PA: IR Scanner - Word leaked out that some soldiers are using
Cloaking Technology here. Use this Scanner to spot them easily.
PA: Backup Disk - You need to actually use the disk to restore Dr.
Caroll.
You'll also start with 50 Farsight Orbs.
In Mission:
A SA PA: CMP150 - One of the guard weapons.
A SA PA: Proximity Mine - Available for speedy killers.
A SA PA: Farsight XR20 - Elvis gives you one of the best gifts
imaginable. What a guy.
A SA PA: K7 Avenger - Only a couple of these are around.
D. Opposition
Pelagic II Guard: DataDyne has the remainder of their troops stationed
throughout this ancient ship. They still have CMPs.
DataDyne Stealth: Theyíll have purple sniper garb, but that wonít mean
much since theyíre carrying Cloaking Devices and either Shotguns or
CMPs.
Mr. Blonde: Heís really not fooling anyone anymore, but I guess they
decided human form would help with human weapons. One carries a CMP.
Two later carry K7 Avengers.
Skedar Workers: Your first brush with the real Skedars comes in the
form of these little guys. Theyíre not very resilient, but they are
quick and their jump attack hurts. These are actually what Skedar look
like. Bio-armor and cybernetic enhancements are attached to the
Warriors to give them a much more fearsome look.
Automatic Guns: It may be a million years old, but the automatic guns
on this ship are still quite active and can pack a punch.
E. Walkthrough
All: You and Elvis will come down here using the deep submersible and
will find the place deserted. Head forward while Elvis tails you,
Farsight loaded. Put on your IR Scanner as you pass through the second
door. Youíll hear the unmistakable sound of cloaking devices being
activated. There are three Stealths with Shotguns in this area, while
there are two more further ahead in this large room. The Scanner
should make them easy to spot, but it wonít make their guns hurt any
less. Elvis will provide considerable backup with his gun, but donít
be afraid to rush right in and Double Blast the bad guys, either. This
is a place where a lot of health can be lost.
All: After dealing with the crowd here, continue onto the next green
hallway, eliminating two Stealth Shotgunners at the entrance and two
more rushing from either side. Get the left one if you can, because if
you shoot him before Elvis does, heíll drop a Prox Mine. Proceed down
the hallway to the right, where youíll encounter three basic guards,
finally. The door ahead of you is locked, so head down the slope to
your right. Keep an eye open for guards crawling all over this compact
area. Let Elvis shoot a few so you can conserve ammo. The guards
usually go for you first anyway.
SA PA: As you proceed, youíll see darkened lantern like objects. Shoot
them to light them up and to open doors leading ahead.
All: When you reach the large room, youíll find a Mr. Blonde and two
guards. Waste them, and let Elvis reactivate the teleportals so you
can get around the ship.
Objective 1 Completed!
All: Return to the locked door area. Watch out for two Stealth with
CMPs. Proceed through the door.
A SA: Head left and pick up the Shield at the end.
All: Head right and through the door. Proceed straight and into the
teleportal. Once you reach the other side, Elvis will hand you his
Farsight (sweet!) and ask you to keep the Skedar off his back.
A: Youíre now in the auxiliary control room area. Proceed through,
eliminating the little Skedar along the way, or allowing Elvis to do it
with his Phoenix. The Farsight really wonít help you that much. Pass
the around the circular pit, avoiding Skedar that jump out of holes,
and take the right door when you have a choice of two. Elvis will go
up to the controls to sabotage the ship. Watch the vents on the walls
for Skeds, and wait patiently for him to finish. When he does, proceed
outside, take the last door and jump in the teleportal.
Objective 2 Completed! (A)
SA PA: Youíre in the engineering section of the ship. There are three
guards in the next room patrolling the S-like catwalks. Take them out
in the normal fashion or with the Farsight and proceed to the next
room, eliminating the three guards there as well...
SA: Elvis has to do the sabotage work, so you probably wonít be able to
use the Farsight. Use his shorter legs to your advantage and run ahead
of him, bearing right as you enter the second three-guard room. Take
out the guards as you go down the spiraling ramps and youíll enter the
main reactor room. Elvis will get to work from there. Watch the vents
on the sides of the room for Skedar. Use the IR Scanner to make them
easier to see. When Elvis finishes, run back up the ramps and exit via
the teleportal on the far side of the big room.
Objective 2 Completed! (SA)
PA: Turn left after eliminating the second three-guard room. Run
through the teleportal. Youíre now in the main weapon power chambers.
The Farsight really shines here. Use it immediately to blow the five
pods surrounding the very next room. Thisíll open the door on its far
side, relieving you of dealing with the Skeds that will attack once you
enter.
PA: Enter the hallway and stop once you reach the next door. Behind it
is an automatic gun thatíll really hurt you and Elvis. Pick it off
with the Farsight. Stop at the next door. There are Skedar
surrounding the power generator in this next room. Deal with them
first, then blow the large generator with the Farsight. You probably
should even take the opportunity to blow the next two generators almost
straight ahead but further back. Deal with any straggling Skeds, then
proceed all the way to the third generator room.
PA: Go to the door and look through it. Take out the Gun on the
ceiling ahead, then pan right and take out the gun at the top of the
larger room. Switch your Farsight to Target Locator and itíll focus on
one of two cylinders that are concealed behind walls. Thisíll destroy
the main weapon, but you wonít be finished in this area.
Objective 2 Completed! (PA)
PA: Go to the door outside the room with the cylinders you just blew.
Itís locked. Focus your Farsight down the hallway and youíll find the
last two power generators. Blow them from a distance and head for the
exit as it opens. Blowing up the last generator triggers the release
of infinite Skeds, and you donít want to be around for that party.
Enter the teleportal.
All: Youíre back on the first part of the ship, on the other side of
this door is the primary control room, and beyond that is the hall
where you entered the first teleportal, just to get you in a sense of
where you are.
SA PA: Two Mr. Blondes are guarding Dr. Caroll are in the control
room. Use either the Farsight or more conventional weapons to
eliminate them.
Objective 3 Completed!
All: Enter the control room and approach Dr. Caroll.
PA: Pull out the Backup Disk.
Objective 4 Completed!
All: After a brief struggle, Dr. Carollís original personality will
take over and heíll be back to his normal self. Heíll explain to you
that he canít stop the program that will bring the ship back online.
Even with the weapon temporarily disabled, the Skedar know enough of
the shipís design now to be able to repair it should they get it off
this planet. Dr. Caroll canít allow this, so heís decided to destroy
the ship, along with himself. Jo doesnít want to allow this, but with
the Dr.ís words and Elvis pulling her along, she realizes she has no
choice.
All: You have only a minute to get out of here. Turn right and run
back along the hallway. Open the door that will be on your left.
Behind it will be three suicidal guards. Give them their trip to the
Great Beyond sooner than they expected and run like a demon to the
entrance. You only need to make it as far as the first room with the
Stealth Shotgunners and thatíll be far enough to avoid the blast of the
ship.
All Objectives Completed!
Whatís this? Another cut scene without a mission briefing in between?
Well, you did end the threat to earth by destroying the Cetan ship, and
it looks like youíll finally make formal contact with the Maian
delegation at the White House with the President. Everythingís happy
now... ^_^
OR IS IT???
With a crash and a boom, Jo will realize that the CI is under attack.
Despite the possible harm thatíll come to that fetching dragon-print
dress, sheíll have to defend the Institute from attack. She grabs one
of the guardís guns, runs upstairs and witnesses a Skedar Warrior
bursting through the main entrance to the CI. Youíll immediately jump
into the next mission at this point.
F. Time Trial - Under 7:27 on Perfect Agent
Speed isn't that much of a factor in this Time Trial. You do have to
be a fast mover, of course, but you won't often be called to rush
through battles to get this Time Trial complete, which is a big help.
Immediately pull out the Shotgun, set in on Double Blast, turn on the
IR Scanner, and run into the first battle room. Take out the three
guards by making sure your sights are on them before you blast. Take
out the two on the far end in the same way. Proceed through the doors,
catch the two guards on the other side with a double blast, and dispose
of the other two. This first part is probably where you'll lose a good
portion of your health, so don't be too frightened if you lose more
than half your life. The rest of the level is easier on your health.
You should have about 1:00 on the clock.
Head down the ramp and take out the three guards wandering around with
Falcon shots. Make sure Elvis is following you, and proceed to the
corridors, blasting guards and lanterns with the Shotgun. Don't be too
reckless. Just be methodical and be sure to drop them all. In the
teleportal control room, run around inside to spoil the guards' aim and
shotgun them to kingdom come. As soon as Elvis mentions the
teleportals, run like the dickens to the first one. You should have
between 2:30 and 3:00 on the clock.
Elvis will already be on the other side and will give you the
FarSight. Keep the Shotgun for now and double blast the three guards
in the next room as you get near to them. Run into the next teleportal
room, blasting guards on the fly. It's not necessary to kill the
guards in this room. Just reach the teleportal and you won't have to
deal with them.
Switch to the Farsight. From this side, blast the five pods in the
next room. Once that's done, run to each of the next three generator
rooms, blowing them by looking through the door first and shooting.
Don't worry about the Skedar Workers running around yet, although you
might want to take a passing shot at the solitary ones in the
hallways. Once you reach the next gun room, blow it from the other
side with the Farsight, then take a defensive position in this corridor
to receive oncoming Worker attacks. Wait until Elvis arrives, then
blow all the rest of the stuff from here (the last gun, the two pods to
blow the weapon, and the last two power generators), and take off for
the last teleportal.
Use the Farsight to kill one of the Mr. Blondes guarding Dr. Caroll
through the door, then wait for the door to open and hit the other as
it walks through without aiming. Immediately switch to the Backup
Disk, and use it. Stop the cutscene. Switch back to the Farsight and
put on the IR goggles. This way, you'll be able to see the two cloaked
enemies that will be waiting for you on the other side of the last
door. Shoot them through the door, then open and the close the door to
"spawn" the last three guards. Shoot them with the Farsight if you
can. If not, you can just run past them and to the exit. Either way,
run like mad to the exit before the timer goes down.
G. Cheats
Completing this level earns you the Jo Shield Cheat. Whatís to say?
You start with a normal shield at the outset of the level.
Completing the Time Trial earns you the Farsight Cheat. Amaze your
friends! Fool your enemies! Enjoy being able to blast the entire
level up without having to move your feet one bit!
The Cheese Wedge is almost right at the beginning. You'll probably
need to activate the Sniper Rifle Cheat for this. On your left and
right of the tube you start in, you'll see water through the glass.
Focus on the left side and look at the far wall near the corner. The
Cheese will be half-buried in the ocean floor.
*****************************************************************
Mission 7 - Carrington Institute - Defense
A. Overview
Aw, great... Just when you thought things would quiet down for a bit.
It looks like the Skedar and DataDyne are a little sore about your
success in thwarting them. Youíll need to get everyone out and help
out in whatever way Dan needs you to during the course of this
mission.
It would be very helpful for you to memorize the CI in the training
manner. Particularly, get a feel for the lower basements, the position
of auto guns and their terminals, the location of people in the
building and generally how to get around.
Also of note is that there are several fully armed CI agents dotting
the area. Donít kill them, please. It may be tough as both CI and DD
wear blue. CI agents wear blue and gray, while DD Infantry wear blue
and black.
B. Objectives
1. SA PA: Reactivate the Automatic Defenses
2. A SA PA: Release the Hostages
3. A SA PA: Retrieve the Experimental Weapon
4. PA: Destroy the Sensitive Information
5. A SA PA: Deactivate the Bomb
C. Equipment
Starting:
A SA PA: AR34 - This CI rifle you grabbed from a guard will be your
major weapon as you run through the Institute. Starting ammo: 200
A SA PA: Laser - Never let it be said that Jo goes places without a
weapon. This can also be used as a cutting tool.
A SA PA: Combat Boost - She must have been expecting trouble. Jo
carries a couple of boosts to help her as she moves through this tense
situation.
A SA PA: Data Uplink - She thinks of everything, doesnít she? The
virus on this little friend may come in handy.
You'll also start with 300 pistol rounds and 400 9mm rounds.
In Mission:
A SA PA: K7 Avenger - The DD Assault Rifle will put some serious holes
in you if youíre not careful.
A SA PA: Devastator - Be thorough about your hostage saving, and you
might just get a little gift.
A SA PA: RC-P120 - Youíll mostly be using this beauty for its cloaking
abilities. Better to avoid fights than take it on the chin all the
time...
A SA PA: Mauler - The Skedar pistol is present in all its charge-up
glory here.
D. Opposition
DD Infantry: Now your basic DD grunt is wearing shiny new armor. Be
honest. You missed these guys. Youíll miss ëem a lot less after
youíre through with the mission. In addition to carrying painful K7
Avengers, most of them will be sporting shields, too...
Mr. Blonde: Again, I donít know why they bother staying in disguise,
but itís none of my concern. There are only a few that come out at a
certain time in this mission, and they carry Maulers.
Skedar Warrior: Whoa. Creepy-looking, isnít he? Thereís only one
undisguised Skedar in this mission, and youíll be taking him out in
short order.
E. Walkthrough
Note on PA: Hope your adrenaline is well stocked, because from here on
in, the missions get VERY HARD! Even if you can drop a guard, usually
theyíll get off a shot to wound you. Two guards or more? Forget it.
Run or youíre dead.
All: Slide yourself around the wall as your AR34 comes up and open fire
on the Skedar Warrior. Watch the alien scum fall and gurgle his last.
SA PA: What? Get the guns online? You coulda told me that on my way
up! Head back down the ramp and make a dash for the doorway as you
reach the hangar area. Take the right doorway, then the right doorway
in the next area. A gun should be directly to your right. The
terminal to activate is right around the corner off to your left.
Activate it, step back into the gunís hallway and enter the door at the
far end. Odds are that guards will show up in this room. Never mind
them. Just run to the left and into the door at the end. Bear left
once more and turn right as you round the corner to find the second
terminal for the second gun. Activate it, then head back the other way
for the door at the right end of this hallway. Maneuver around the
ledge area, eliminating the guard that will probably be here, or at
least wounding him, and run through the door at the end. Immediately
turn left to activate the final terminal. Run up the short flight of
steps, through the door and youíll be in the evac area. Turn right,
hop off the ramp onto the floor and bear left and youíll run into the
second gun. Make your way back to the ramp and back upstairs. Watch
out for guards on the way. If you see one, fill him with lead. If you
see two, wound them both and run. If you see three, say your prayers.
Objective 1 Completed!
From here to Objective 5, there is a special way to do this on PA.
Iíll explain it as normal until that point, where Iíll supply an
alternate method of completion.
All: Time to rescue some hostages. Take one of the elevators
upstairs. Head for the Device Lab (furthest door on the right). Pop
in a Combat Boost, bring up your gun and open the door. Each of the
two CI scientists here has a guard on him, and each guard will fall
with one hit. Take out the two guards, being a bit careful not to hit
your buds, then leave the area and go around the corner to the Info
Room (where Grimshaw hangs out). Take out the two guards here the same
way. If you save both of the Info Room inhabitants, one will drop a
Devastator. Itís the first one to say "Thanks" after you clear the
guards.
All: Head for an elevator to go downstairs. Enter the Holo Training
Room (rightmost door with the black grid inside). Slide around the
wall to see three guards staring down the Holo Room Tech. Sheíll try
to confuse them by projecting two other "hers". Donít give them a
chance to sort it out. Line them up, aim at the heads, and empty your
magazine into the shielded guards. Once they all fall, leave and head
for the firing range.
All: There are two guards trying to take out the two techs here, but
these guys will fight back at the DD scum. Usually by the time you
arrive, theyíre softened up so that their shields are gone. Take out
the two guards.
All: If you save four out of these seven hostages...
Objective 2 Completed!
All: <listens> A new weapon, eh? That wouldnít be the only one left in
the glass cases would it? Activate the computer to break the glass and
grab the RC-P120.
Objective 3 Completed!
PA: <listens> Oh, NOW you remember about the files in your office,
Dan... Head back into the nearest elevator and ride on up to the
office level. Head for Danís office (furthest door on the left).
Special Note: If you took the Jetbike way out in Area 51 - Escape, your
buddy Jonathan will be here with his Magnum fully loaded ready to cover
you.
PA: Run inside the office and either fire up the Laserís Short Stream,
or toss a Devastator grenade at the safe. You should destroy both the
door to the safe and the odd little device that seems to store the
files inside. Leave and head back downstairs.
Objective 4 Completed!
All: Activate the Cloaking Device on the RC-P120. Dan will mention a
bomb that the Skedar have planted. Run down the ramp to the basement
hangars. The Skedar ship will be sitting here as the clock ticks down
from 2 minutes. If you have the cloaking device active, then the
Skedar running up the ramp shouldnít spot you. Stand on the far side
of the ship, face the door, point the Data Uplink at it, and fire it
up. In a few seconds, the bomb will be deactivated. Head for the
doorway behind you, then take the leftmost doorway, then the other
leftmost doorway. Turn left and run through the doors. Keep bearing
left, running through doors and avoiding guards until you hit the
hangar.
The cut scene will start with Jo getting pinned down by a Skedar
warrior shooting at her. She tells the last jumpship to take off while
she holds them off. As she fires away, a Warrior jumps onto the boxes
and knocks a few down onto Jo, rendering her unconscious.
All Objectives Completed!
Alternate PA method:
Thanks to my bud, ArmorKing for this help.
Starting from your getting up the ramp to rescue the hostages, head for
the Holo Training Room and save the tech, or let her get killed. It
doesnít matter as the four youíll save for your requirement are the
upstairs folks. You should kill all the guards, though. It saves on
them following you later.
Head up an elevator and take care of the offices, using the Combat
Boost and getting the Devastator. Immediately head for Danís office,
and launch a grenade from the Devastator to destroy the files. Head
down the elevator and make a break for the Firing Range. Eliminate the
two guards there, then slam your hand on the comp and get your hands
around the RC-P. Activate Cloaking as you leave the room and book it
downstairs. Deactivate the bomb, head for the hangar, and you're
done!
F. Time Trial - Under 1:45 on Agent
Waste the Sked, then immediately head for the furthest elevator, thatís
the FURTHEST. Ride it up once it comes down and take care of the
offices, using Combat Boosts and forgetting about the Devastator or any
other dropped guns, just kill and go. Head to the near elevator, which
SHOULD be up, and ride it down. Clean out the Holo Training Room and
then the Firing Range. Grab the RCP and sprint downstairs, activating
Cloaking on the way. Use the Uplink on the ship, and race for the
hangar to end the mission.
G. Cheats
Completing the level earns you the Enemy Shields Cheat. This is really
more of a handicap than anything, but itís fun to see how far you can
get.
Completing the Time Trial earns you the Super Shield Cheat.
Gentlemen! We can make her stronger! GREENER! Youíll take a lot more
hits from this Shield.
The Cheese Wedge is in one of the rooms off the hangar area, where the
Skedar spawn from. Specifically, the one on the right next to the
elevators. It's hidden on the right side of the contraption in the
middle of the room.
*****************************************************************
Mission 8 - Skedar Attack Ship - Covert Assault
A. Overview
Well, this is lovely. You have all your weapons taken from you.
Youíre lying face down on a cold metal floor. The Skedar are coming
soon to do unspeakable things to you. Your cellmate is the recently
captured Cassandra de Vries. And, to top it all off, your dress is
ripped. What a lousy day. Perhaps you can turn this situation to your
advantage, though. Cass is willing to sacrifice herself to beat the
Skedar, as she knows you have the best chance of getting out of here
alive.
B. Objectives
1. A SA PA: Disable the Shield System
2. PA: Open the Hangar Doors
3. A SA PA: Access the Navigational Systems
4. SA PA: Sabotage the Engine Systems
5. A SA PA: Gain Control of the Bridge
C. Equipment
Starting:
A SA PA: Combat Knife - All you have to put between yourself and the
hordes of Skedar is one wimpy little knife. Good luck. Youíll
probably be able to find something better later, of course.
You'll also start with 400 rifle bullets.
In Mission:
A SA PA: Mauler - Skedar Standard Issue. Make good use of its
charge-up against the resilient aliens. One full Charge-Up can take
them down.
A SA PA: AR34 - Youíll get this once the cavalry arrives.
A SA PA: Slayer - Itís a big hassle, but you can get one of these nice
Skedar rocket launchers for your collection here. Itís usually more
trouble than itís worth, though.
D. Opposition
Skedar Warrior: Nothing but these guys on the Attack Ship. They carry
Maulers and are also vicious close-combatants.
E. Walkthrough
Note for PA: Like the CI, this one is INCREDIBLY hard! You donít wanna
take more than one or two hits before Elvis shows up or you might as
well start over.
All: Exit your cell. Strafe-run around the outside and slash the
Skedar looking away in the back. If you donít kill him in one, you can
keep circling him and slashing, but itís dangerous. Take the Skedarís
Mauler, switch to Charge-Up and pump the other Sked full of energy.
Switch back to Single Shot and shoot the three "terminals" in the
sunken area. You only have three guns worth of ammo. (You start with
one gun worth.) Make every shot count. Four shots will put paid to
each terminal. Once those three are down, switch back to Charge-Up and
head for the elevator and down.
Objective 1 Completed!
PA: You still need to open the hangar bay doors. Hope you have enough
shots left for one more Sked. As you exit the lift, turn left and go
straight across to the ramp on the other side, dodging Mauler fire. If
you took too long upstairs, there will be two Skedar right next to as
you go up the ramp. If they donít kill you, theyíll at least wound
you. Consider resetting.
PA: Ride up the elevator. Round the back of it to the right. Youíll
notice a Skedar on the far right side of the hangar control room. Belt
him. Grab his Mauler, hop down to the sunken floor, and activate the
terminal on the left to open the doors. Ride back down the elevator,
and watch for the two Skedar that noticed you before. Shoot them if
you have any ammo left.
Objective 2 Completed!
All: As you get off the elevator, youíll see Elvis and heíll run up to
you. For this mission, heís armed with two Phoenixes. Heíll hand you
an AR34 (and 400 rifle bullets) and take off for the hangar area, where
he and two of his friends (both armed with Callisto NTGs) will open
fire on the Skeds that approach from each of the four doors in the
area. Help them out using your AR34 and grab as many Maulers as you
can. When Elvis tells you itís time to head up, go to the back wall of
the hangar and enter the open lift. Ride up.
PA: For the rest of the mission, youíll have to be really quick on the
draw. The Skedar will shoot at you on sight and WONíT miss on the
first shot. Use your Mauler well...
All: Use the Mauler for the rest of this. Open the first door and
eliminate the Skedar on the left. Then swivel around the side and take
out the one on the right. There are three ways to go from here:
Center way: This is optional. The first real room will have four green
stasis containers on the walls. Pass through this room and onto the
next, where youíll find a bunch of roaming Skedar. Go around the back
of the room to get the Slayer. Watch out, though, as the stasis
containers are now open and the four Skeds in there are after you and
Elvis. Good luck. See how I said this would be more trouble than it
was worth?
Left way: My preferred way. The first room is empty, the next has one
Sked at the far end, and the hallway beyond is empty. Turn right at
the hallway.
Right way: The first room has a Skedar. The second has one at the far
end. The hallway beyond is empty. Turn left.
A SA: Thereís also a Shield on the table in the first room. Itís a
good idea to grab this even if you plan on going the other way.
All: Youíre now in the Astro-Navigation room. Youíll want to be here
because Elvis wants to know where youíre going. Snipe at the first
Sked you see from the doorway, then go around the corner and pop the
second one. Let Elvis work on the star maps. It wonít take too long.
Objective 3 Completed!
All: Leave the Astro-Navigation room and take the other door. Either
way you go, youíll face one Skedar as you open the door, another as
turn towards the ramp, and a third after you get to the top of the
ramp. Youíll pass a ramp going further upstairs and youíll see a door
where the two paths converge.
SA PA: Go through the door, and be ready to Maul the Skedar behind it.
Shoot another one off to your left, and pass through the door, shooting
Skeds as you see them. Once you enter the Engine Room, shoot all the
Skedar in the area, and then shoot the two brown clamps holding the
core in place. The core will drop and will explode in about ten
seconds, so run like mad to the first room in this area, where youíll
be out of range. Exit.
Objective 4 Completed!
All: Head up the next set of ramps. Kill the Sked at the top and open
the door, and then the one behind it. You'll be in an area with two
ramps going up along the walls on either side, and two Skedar will be
running down those ramps to give you a big hug, or a Mauler to the
face. Eliminate them. Head up the ramps and to the elevator. Elvis
will separate from you at this point, saying heíll secure the
perimeter. Once you reach the top of the first one, thereíll be
another one ahead that will lead up to the bridge. Enter it.
All: The bridge has three Skedar on it. The Commanderís the one in the
middle and heíll be armed with two Maulers. Derail him first, the take
care of the two off to the sides. Grab all the Maulers lying around,
especially the doubles, and take a position on the platform. Elvis
will run in saying weíve made them mad. Whatís this "we" stuff? Four
Skedar will be tailing him, coming in two at a time. Maul them all and
youíll enter the cut scene, where Jo will remark on seeing another
planet for the first time, and Elvis will notice something that he just
doesnít believe. He heads to the Skedar shuttle parked in the hangar
and tells you to follow him.
All Objectives Completed!
F. Time Trial - Under 5:17 on Special Agent
There really are very few tricks to this level. Just move fast and
shoot straight with the Mauler. Only use the AR34 on the Skedar in the
hangar bay. Stay next to Elvis during that firefight, as heíll need to
be close to you to tell you to leave the area. Upstairs, ignore the
Shield and go left, making sure all the Skedar are dead as you pass
them. As Elvis approaches the star maps, leave and head upstairs.
Once in the Engine area, kill all Skedar leading up to the core, then
forget about the ones inside as you destroy the clamps. Make a beeline
for the bridge, still killing all Skedar. Once you clean the place up,
youíll have a chance to relax while you merrily blow away the Skedar
that rush in. Thatís about it.
G. Cheats
Completing the level earns you the Phoenix Cheat. This fine Maian
sidearm will be yours for the asking.
Completing the Time Trial will earn you the Alien Cheat. Another
Perfect Buddy on Co-Op, this Maian Soldier is small and armed with an
RC-P120 for some reason. Heís a bit slower than a normal human, but
heís good in a firefight.
*****************************************************************
Mission 9 - Skedar Ruins - Battle Shrine
This level can only be accessed by beating all other missions on the
same difficulty level.
A. Overview
This is it. You and Elvis are taking the Skedar shuttle down to the
surface of the Battle Shrine. Apparently, the Skedar revere this place
as their Holy of Holies. They view war and battle as a sacred
tradition. Their high priest and leader resides at the center of the
ruined temple. Although Joanna can go through and mark targets for
Elvis to eliminate the shield surrounding the shrine from the Skedar
shuttle, a direct assault on the shrine from the ship will not be
possible in such a light craft. Also, thereís no time to alert the
Maian fleet before the Skedar realize something is wrong and abandon
the planet, or launch a counterattack.
Itís up to Jo, of course, to enter the shrine alone and eliminate the
Skedar High Priest. A decisive strike here will demoralize and confuse
the entire Skedar race, and the Maians can quickly launch an attack
that will end the threat to the universe forever and end the centuries
of war.
Fortunately, Elvis brought Joís CI uniform with him, as well as some
heavy weaponry. Sheíll be armed to the gills when facing these bad
boys.
B. Objectives
1. A SA PA: Identify the Temple Targets
2. A SA PA: Activate the Bridge
3. SA PA: Gain Access to the Inner Sanctum
4. PA: Destroy the Secret Skedar Army
5. A SA PA: Assassinate the Skedar Leader
C. Equipment
Starting:
A SA PA: Falcon 2 (Scope) - Youíll probably want to lay off using this
as much as possible. It takes several bullets to drop a Skedar, and
youíll want to save them for another weapon. Starting ammo: 200.
A SA PA: Callisto NTG - This should be your primary weapon for stalking
the Shrine. Use its High-Impact Shells on the Skedar uglies to down
them in short order. Startingammo: 300.
A SA PA: Devastator - You will need to do some explosive work here, so
avoid wasting grenades in this gun. Starting ammo: 5.
A SA PA: IR Scanner - Youíll need to breach the wall to the Shrine
proper. There is a weak wall somewhere that is highlighted under IR
vision.
A SA PA: R-Tracker - This will show you which targets you need to mark
so Elvis can bring them down.
A SA PA: Target Amplifier - These mark said targets. Donít waste them,
or mark the wrong target, or itís all over.
In Mission:
A SA PA: Reaper - Oh yeah. This Skedar Machine Oí Death is ready to
fill you with a bazillion bullets. Fortunately for you, the Skeds
donít use this to its full fire-rate. Unfortunately for you, the gun
wonít be very useful as the Skedar are usually too fast for you to get
this up to speed in time.
A SA PA: Phoenix - This is the gun you should save Pistol Bullets for.
Once you find it, the Skedar will go down like wheat before the
scythe.
A SA PA: Slayer - Some Skeds have these powerful weapons. Using
Fly-By-Wire in this level is not a good idea, as the Skeds will be on
you too fast.
A SA PA: Mauler - Kinda outshined by the other guns, particularly the
Phoenix, this Skedar pistol is available only if you bother trying to
take out the secret army.
D. Opposition
Note: All big Skedar look the same. Itís just the weapons that set
them apart.
Skedar Worker: The bugs are back. They inhabit the inner shrine and
can make life irritable with their tiny jumping abilities.
Skedar Berserker: These guys begin cloaked, then rush you with
lightning speed as you enter a certain area. They are unarmed, but
that doesnít seem to bother them.
Skedar Guard: Stationed at certain spots throughout the ruins, these
guys carry Reapers.
Skedar Shrine Guard: Armed with a Slayer. Stay sharp when these guys
are around.
Skedar Warrior: A member of the Secret Army. They carry Maulers.
Skedar High Priest/Leader: All will be explained... Letís just start
by saying that heís bigger than the average Skedar...
E. Walkthrough
All: Can you hear the Skedar roaring? Good. Scared? Good. Pull out
the Callisto and set it to High-Impact Shells. Head into the next room
and immediately back out once you hear the decloaking sound. Your
first Berserker will be off to one side of you, and itís random which
one. Back up and peg him. Proceed into the next open room. Thereíll
be another Berserker that will decloak and a Guard at the far end
itching to Reap you. Shoot the Guard from afar, and enter the room to
deal with the Berserker. On your right is one of the special pillars.
Activate your R-Tracker to see if itís one of the ones you should
mark. If it is, toss a marker on it.
All: Continue and youíll reach a semi-circular path. About a third of
the way around the semi-circle, a Berserker will decloak behind you.
About two-thrids of the way around, another will pop up in front of
you. Deal with them separately. At the end thereíll be a passage off
to your right. As soon as you get in line with the passage, another
Berserker will decloak. It could be either behind you or in front of
you, so stay awake. Continue on to the end of the passage and
immediately back up, as two Berserkers will show up on either side of
you.
All: Once those two are finished, you can go right. Around the wall
will be another pillar. Mark it if itís a blip. If you step into the
general area with the pillar, a Berserker will decloak. If you stay
back and toss, he wonít show up. Head back the way you came and go
take the left path this time. There is a passage leading right that
you should take, as opposed to going straight towards the canyon. At
the far end will be a Skedar Guard. Show him whoís boss. At the very
end will be another special pillar.
All: There are two openings that will lead to the next room on the
right, where two Guards are firing at you from behind a fallen pillar.
The problem, for them, is that theyíre based so low that if you take
the near entrance then theyíre shots will splatter harmlessly on the
pillar theyíre behind. Reward them for their stupidity and continue.
All: In the next area, a large target pillar will be off to your
right. Itís one of the special targets. Go around to the left side.
A: Thereíll be a Shield on the ground.
All: In the last area here is the final pillar. Two Berserkers will
decloak as you get close. Once all three pillars are marked, Elvis
will blow them up from high atmosphere. Go all the way back to the
canyon area.
Objective 1 Completed!
REALLY Special Note: Now that you've marked three pillars out of the
five previously mentioned special pillars, you'll have two left over.
Use your Devastator to blow up the remaining two pillars. If you have
to blow the big one it's kinda tricky. You need to stick a grenade
high up on it for it to blow up. Once you do that, Elvis will drop his
guns for you at the beginning of the canyon. Those Double Phoenixes
will be a HUGE help in this place. Immediately set them to Explosive
Shells and leave them there. Switch to them after you runout of
bullets for your Callisto. This walkthrough assumes that you will get
the Phoenixes.
All: In the canyon, there will be a Guard below and to the right of
you, and another far to the left. Kill them both.
SA PA: Thereís a large rock blocking your access to the other side off
to your left. Either toss a grenade (if you have more than one) or use
a Phoenix shell to remove it.
All: Be very careful as you move along the canyon. Drop carefully onto
lower ledges. Thereís a spot where the gap is small enough for you to
run across. Climb up the other side and into the next area.
All: This is the spot where the wall you need to blow is. As you enter
the area, a Berserker will decloak off to your right. Nail him.
A SA: Around the right side, youíll find two Guards, one right in front
of you, and another on a lower ledge further off, slamming his Reaper
bullets into the ledge blocking him (^_^). Kill them both and grab the
Shield on the lower ledge. Head back.
All: Activate the IR Scanner. The wall you are to blow is in the back
left corner. Itíll be highlighted. Blow it with the Devastator and
enter. If youíre out of grenades, use the Phoenix shells. Inside,
youíll find quite a few Workers running around. Use the IR Scanner to
make it easier to see them, and blow them away. Activate the door that
youíll see on your right after a while. Eliminate the Worker here.
This is the room that will activate the bridge to allow you inside.
Push the piece of pillar on the ground onto the recessed button behind
the small pillar. The bridge will extend. Go back out and cross it.
Objective 2 Completed!
All: There will be more Workers in this area. Keep your IR Scanner
on. Once you clear the whole hallway out, deactivate IR and take the
door that will be on your left in a corner. Round the corner to the
right, but be careful. Thereís a Shrine Guard at the end ready to fill
with a Slayer rocket. Kill him and the other Shrine Guard around the
corner to the right. Grab their Slayers.
SA PA: Note the spinning pillar. Behind it is a small shrine
emblazoned with the Skedar insignia. It kinda looks like a Fleur de
Lis. Youíll get a message telling you to make a sacrifice to the God
of War. What itís asking you is to put your weapon in hand onto the
altar. Any weapon will work. I suggest using the Devastator, as
youíre probably out of grenades right now. The message never said that
sacrifice had to be loaded! ^_^ Use the B button to drop the weapon.
Objective 3 Completed!
All: Go back through the door you just came from and head up the ramp
ahead of you to the top door. Cross the bridge and enter the door to
breach the inner sanctum. Proceed to the next room.
All: Whatís this? Stasis tubes lining the walls? Ack! Itís the
secret Skedar army!
A SA: Quick! Run through the room and open the door on the far side
before they can catch you.
PA: Try to crash your party, will they? Youíll show ëem. Fortunately,
they only come out one at a time, so you can kill them one by one. The
seven Skedar (Wow, big army) come out in this order: Third from the
front on the right side, second on the left side, first on the right
side, last on the right side, third on the right side, last on the left
side, and first on the left side. You can hit them with Phoenix
shells, Mauler shots, or even use Devastator grenades or Slayer rockets
if you have any and blow them before they come out. Once theyíre all
squashed, go through the door on the far end.
Objective 4 Completed!
All: Gather your courage, and your Double Phoenixes set to Explosive
Shells, and open the final door.
All: Right. There he is. Heís not that much bigger than the average
Sked. About twice the size. Hereís the lowdown. He has two direct
attacks. Heíll fire Slayer rockets at you, or heíll teleport near you
and slash you with his glowing spear. Keep moving to avoid both. Heís
also able to summon Skedar Workers and Berserkers to make your life
miserable. Again, keep moving. He has a Shield on him, which starts
at red, and goes down to green when you hit him enough times. Once it
turns green, heíll run for the altar behind him and pray before the
large Skedar insignia above him. This will recharge his shield to
full.
Helpful note: If you hit him with secondary Phoenix blasts as he
launches a rocket, it'llblow up in his face, knocking him down to green
status posthaste.
So, how do you beat him? Simple. Once he starts praying, note that
the insignia kinda lights up. You need to destroy that insignia. It
needs to be destroyed in pieces. There are five pieces and only one
can be destroyed per recharge of the High Priestís shield. You can
destroy the bottom four (left base, right base, left spike, right
spike) in any order. The middle spike is the last one to hit. Knock
it asunder and enjoy the final cutscene!
All Objectives Completed!
F. Time Trial - Under 5:31 on Perfect Agent
This cheat is deceptively easy to get. If you know how to get the
Phoenixes, it's fairly easy. The only thing you have to do is be quick
on your feet, and accurate with your shots. There are few special
tricks, and no place where you're in serious danger.
Make your way through the ruins quickly, shooting all Skedar with your
High-Impact Shells. Pause to switch to your Target Amplifiers and
Devastator to save time. Once you mark and blow up all the targets,
shoot a Devastator grenade onto the rock and pick up your Phoenixes.
Run straight across the canyon and up the ladder, not shooting the two
on the canyon. Use the Explosive Shells on the Phoenixes the rest of
the way, blowing up Skedar and wall alike. Drop the Devastator on the
altar once you get there and run to the secret army room. Blow up the
Skeds as they come out and head for the High Priest's Room.
Depending on how much time is left, you may have to be a bit lucky on
the High Priest. Shooting Slayer rockets as they come out drop his
shield in a second, leaving you free to nail the Skedar insignia.
Shoot it all up and you'll be done!
G. Cheats and Other Stuff
Completing the level will earn you the R-Tracker/Weapons Cache
Locations Cheat. Using this, youíll be given and R-Tracker and be able
to see on the Radar the locations of secret weapons. Theyíll appear as
blue dots on the Radar.
Completing the level will also earn you a new title screen. Youíll get
a Perfect Dark logo scrolling across a funky background, instead of the
intro to Mission 1.1.
Completing the Time Trial will earn you the coveted All Guns in Solo
Cheat. Congratulations, Joanna. You've proven your skills and are now
permitted to carry EVERY gun in the Solo Missions. You have access to
all normal guns, all CLASSIC guns, and even the Psychosis Gun.
Unfortunately, you are given no AMMO for any of these guns. This is
where Unlimited Ammo comes in. ^_^ Again, the Psychosis Gun cannot have
unlimited ammo...
Also, beating the final level will open up one of the Special
Assignments. Which one is opened depends on which level you beat the
mission at.
The Cheese Wedge is found near the second shield, out in the weak wall
area. In the second shield area, you should see a crack on the back
wall. Position yourself a little to the right of that crack and look
on the floor on the opposite side. There's your cheese.
Lastly, beating Battle Shrine on Perfect Agent opens up the Perfect
Dark mode. This is very similar to Goldeneye's 007 mode. There will
be three sliders that you can use to adjust enemy health, damage, and
accuracy. Default is 100%. You can adjust each of these between 10%
and 1000%, and you'll play the mission just like a normal Perfect Agent
mission.
*****************************************************************
Agent Level Special Assignment - Mr. Blondeís Revenge
This level will open after you beat Battle Shrine on Agent level.
A. Overview
Cassandra de Vries has been judged a failure and an obsolete device by
the Command for allowing the Cetan ship to be destroyed. She is to be
captured at Lucerne Tower and taken to the Skedar shuttle on the roof,
for later transport to the Attack Ship. There she will meet her
punishment for failure.
Yes, you are a Skedar disguised as Mr. Blonde for this mission. Youíre
to be sent into DataDyne solo and will be responsible with Cassandraís
capture and the buildingís destruction. Donít think that just because
youíre an alien that youíll have an easier time than any CI agent
will...
B. Objectives
1. SA PA: Plant the Explosive Device in the Lab Lift
2. PA: Eliminate the DataDyne Captain
3. A SA PA: Locate and Escort Cassandra to the Helipad
C. Equipment
Starting:
A SA PA: Mauler - Your Skedar Standard Issue will be the only gun
youíll possess for the beginning. Starting ammo: 100.
A SA PA: BombSpy - Just in case you need to derail some of your
adversaries in a bunch, use this guy for help.
A SA PA: Cloaking Device - This will help you through the lower levels
of the building without being spotted.
A SA PA: Skedar Bomb - This directional bomb, when placed in the
elevator will send a fusion blast into the lab area below. The
resulting shock wave will destroy the labs and cause the building to
collapse in on itself.
In Mission:
A SA PA: CMP150 - There are a couple of these secreted behind the main
desk.
A SA PA: Shotgun - The staple of Cassí bodyguards...
A SA PA: DY357 Magnum - Also a weapon possessed by guards.
A SA PA: N-Bomb - You may, unfortunately, have the opportunity of being
at the wrong end of one of these.
D. Opposition
Bodyguards: Cass isnít taking any chances. Her entire contingency of
bodyguards is stationed around the building. Theyíre Shotguns are
built to hurt. The ones on the ground floor carry CMPs...
DD Shock Troops: There are a few of these guys in the area. They carry
Magnums and N-Bombs. Kill them first if you have the option.
Cameras: Only a couple of cameras should cause you worry. You may even
be able to bypass all of them if you know where youíre going.
Cassandra de Vries: She will resist if you try to capture her. She is
carrying a Magnum. You must not kill her, though.
E. Walkthrough
Note: This mission takes place in the same Lucerne Tower weíre all used
to. Little has changed, so Iíll just give you general destinations...
All: You start the mission on the ground floor. Immediately activate
the cloaking device. You do NOT want to be seen down here. Run behind
the main desk and grab the two CMPs.
SA PA: Take off like a shot down to the lab lift, enter, and youíll
place your Skedar Bomb inside. You now have only four minutes to
complete the mission, so you better make it fast...
Objective 1 Completed!
All: Run up to the elevators and take one. Deactivate Cloaking as you
hop in.
PA: You can only take the one that will be on your right. About
halfway up, the elevator will stop and the DD Captain will ride up to
challenge you. Sheís not much more armored than any normal guard, but
she will have the drop on you with you pinned down in one space and her
armed with twin CMPs. Even up the odds by cloaking as she comes up
(you should still have a few seconds) and let her have it with a
Charged-Up Mauler followed by a few non-charged shots...
Objective 2 Completed!
All: Ride up to the 21st floor. Immediately head for the stairwell,
thereís nothing here that you wonít pay for later on. Watch out for
the Shock Troop here. Run up ONE floor, the top one is locked, and
head out. Call the nearest elevator and set up camp here, dealing with
guards that decide to get all huffy about the dashing intruder. Once
the lift arrives, deal with the one or two guards on it, and ride it up
to the 23rd floor. Enter Cassí office. Immediately switch to Disarm
and take her gun. Sheíll hit the alarm, but it wonít do her any good
with the two of you so high up. Pull a weapon back out. Youíll tell
Cass to go upstairs, but youíll have to stay close for her to follow
you. Go up the final stairwell to the Security Hub room. Deal with
the guard on the ramp. Thereís another one just outside the door on
the roof. Kill him, making sure Cass follows you the whole way, and
lead her up to the helipad and your waiting ship. Easy, eh?
All Objectives Completed!
*****************************************************************
Special Agent Special Assignment - Maian SOS
This level will open after you beat Battle Shrine on Special Agent
level.
A. Overview
Youíre in trouble, Protector One. Youíve been captured by humans and
have been taken to the facility known as Area 51. If you want to see
the light of day again, youíll have to get a distress signal out to
your friends at the CI.
So, youíre Elvis now. Youíre a little shorter and a little slower as
the Maian, and in this particular mission you have a little less than
half health, so be prepared for a challenge in that respect. This
level takes place in good olí Area 51, in areas you should be familiar
with. Of course, thereís all new stuff to do.
B. Objectives
1. SA PA: Sabotage the Enemy Medical Experiment
2. PA: Destroy the Captured Maian Saucer
3. A SA PA: Activate the Distress Signal
C. Equipment
Starting: None
Díoh. They did a rather thorough search of you, didnít they?
In Mission:
A SA PA: Falcon 2 - Your first weapon.
A SA PA: Psychosis Gun - Now hereís an interesting item. Itís
basically a Tranquilizer in shape, but in reality, it shoots a rather
nasty psychosis serum developed by Trent Easton. One shot to an enemy
will turn him into a friend. Heíll open doors and defeat enemies for
you.
A SA PA: Dragon - Standard Guard Weapon.
A SA PA: DY357-LX - We donít know how the non-descript guard got a hold
of these, but they could prove useful to you in more ways than one.
D. Opposition
A51 Lab Tech: The two in the beginning have Falcons. The rest have
Tranquilizers. Those with Tranquilizers also have an extra dose of
psychosis serum for you.
A51 Guard: These guys carry Dragons, except for one who carries two
Golden Magnums.
E. Walkthrough
All: Youíll hop off your examination bed. The one scientist here will
have his back turned. You can alert him and Disarm him to take his
Falcon, but you run the risk of alerting the scientist in the next
room.
All: You have two options. On the table in the next room is a
Psychosis Gun that you can use on either of these two lab techs. Once
you shoot one, heíll leave the lab by the door. Itís locked from this
side, but he has clearance. You cannot exit through the door without
his help. Your other option, and my favored one, is to save the one
shot of psychosis serum, kill the two lab techs for their Falcons, push
your bed up to the glass wall and shoot it until it blows the wall.
You can then use your serum on any other guard here, but preferably,
youíd want guards that are all alone, as hitting them with the
psychosis gun will immediately switch their alliances. You will
recognize it as a friend, and all the nearby enemies will recognize it
as a foe, and will almost immediately open fire on him.
All: Behind the first door is a guard and thereís another one right
behind him behind the next door. There are two more further on in the
big room, seated at desks. Do what you will with them and exit the lab
area.
SA PA: If you have a buddy, heíll go left to your first mission
objective. Itís in the other lab. Watch for guards in the big
hallway. There are four guards in the next lab office area. There are
two close to you on the left, and two at the far end of the room, all
seated at desks. Kill them all and go into the lab. If you still have
a buddy, you may want to kill him now, because he wonít follow you into
the lab, and may kill someone you wonít want killed. Iíll explain that
later. Anyway, once youíre in the lab, youíll see two scientists
hovering over your dead boss. Kill the two scientists, who wonít see
you until you fire on them through the glass, and shoot the bed to
destroy it.
Objective 1 Completed!
All: Go towards the cryo labs (right as you exit the lab) and youíll
find two guards standing by either door. Kill them both, but donít
make too much noise. Pull out your Psychosis gun, if you have charges
in it, and go through the left door. Shoot the guard on the left with
it. Why? Because this guard carries two Golden Magnums! Why? I
donít know! Heís on third! ^_^
All: Anyway, watch as the guard makes short work of all the nearby
enemies and tail him as he goes on a killing spree. If you killed him,
donít worry about the guards in the area. In either case, youíll head
for the far end of the large hallway. Stop by the room with the
automatic gun in it (first on the right). Be sure to take out the
automatic gun because Golden Boy wonít. Grab the lab techís psychosis
ammo, kill him and the guard, and head down to the hangar area. Clean
out this room. Thereíll be a guard above and to the right, one above
and to the left and two off to your left. At this point, donít bother
trying to clean out the place because the unlimited guards will start
to show up at this point. Head up the ramp and go for the door on the
right. Kill the Golden Magnum guard if you havenít already and pick up
his guns. Only one bullet. Poo. See why you left him alive? Go
forward three doors, and youíll find a vent off to your right. Crawl
through and drop down into the storage area. Thereíll be several
Pilots wandering the area now. Off them if you wish, or simply run for
the freight elevator and take it up. As you exit the elevator, head
right and to the hangar there. This place is crawling with Pilots.
Eliminate the first one, then head up the ramp on your left. Go across
the catwalks, eliminating the two Pilots up here.
PA: Your craft will be down in the far corner. You canít miss it. You
COULD push the oil drums into the craft, shoot them and try to use
those to blow it up, or you could just raise your Golden Magnum and let
fly your one bullet. Itíll blow up nicely. Thanks to ArmorKing for
this one.
Objective 2 Completed!
All: Go to the elevator at the end of the catwalk. Ride it up. In the
next set of rooms, youíll find two guards and two lab techs. Kill them
all. Youíll reach the last room and will see lots of paneling along
the wall. Shoot down one of the panels, eliminate the two techs on the
other side, run up to the computer and activate the distress signal.
Youíll get captured after this. Time to wait for Jo!
All Objectives Completed!
*****************************************************************
Perfect Agent Special Assignment - WAR!
This mission will be available to you after you finish Battle Shrine on
Perfect Agent level.
A. Overview
The hail of fire has stopped upon the Battle Shrine. The Skedar are
all but defeated. There are still problems, though. Word has reached
Maian Command that the Skedar Leader had clones of himself made if
anything happened to the original. Your job, Protector One, is to
take your team to the surface and eliminate any clones of the Skedar
King that exist.
This level can get very hectic. The biggest problem you face is that
there are an infinite number of Skedar Warriors running around. These
guys can really ruin your day while you're trying to focus your shots
on the clones.
B. Objectives
1. A SA PA: Kill Skedar King 1
2. SA PA: Kill Skedar King 2
3. PA: Kill Skedar King 3
C. Equipment
Starting:
A SA PA: Phoenix - Your standard piece will be all that stands between
you and the bugs...Starting ammo: 300
You'll also start with 100 9mm rounds and 3 rockets.
In Mission:
A SA PA: Mauler - Not as useful as your Phoenix. You CANNOT drop a
Skedar Warrior in one shot on this level.
A SA PA: Callisto NTG - Your buddies are a little more well-armed than
you. If one falls, you can grab his gun and carry on the fight with
it.
A SA PA: Reaper - The Skedar machine gun won't be all that useful to
you here.
SA PA: Slayer - The Skedar heavy artillery could be useful if you
find it.
D. Opposition
Skedar Warrior - As aforementioned, there is an infinite number of
Warriors here. The Skedar Kings continually spawn more...
Skedar Kings - They are armed with different weapons. The first has a
Reaper, and the second and third have Slayers. They can take
punishment and dish it out as well... Thanks to Kildread2 for being
the first to tell me that one charged-up Mauler shot to the head can
dethrone a King. Very helpful...
E. Walkthrough
You have three buddies for this mission. All have Callistos and none
can put up a very good fight for long. There will be one Maian that
will stay back in the beginning. He's your leader. Don't let him fall
or the mission's over. It's not too much to worry about, though, as
the Skedar rarely decide to go that far.
All: You'll start out in the Battle Shrine, on the ridge beyond the
canyon where a Shield was in the original mission. Switch your gun
over to Explosive Shells, and make tracks for the opening that was
blown open. It's the same one Jo blew before. Head inside and race
down to the bridge area. As you cross the bridge, the retaliation
should be coming right around the corner. Blow open the Skeds as they
come around. Wait as they come for your buddies. Once they catch up,
push forward to the generator room, all the while shooting all Skeds in
your way. Enter the door leading around the ground floor of the
generator room. The Skedar King will be holed up behind the spinning
pillar. After dealing with all the Skeds (there will be plenty), nail
him with a charged-up Mauler shot to the head. You need to hurry, or
he'll summon more Skedar to Maul you...
Objective 1 Completed!
SA PA: Run back into the hallway and up the ramp. Proceed across the
bridge and into the secret army stasis chamber room, blasting Skedar
all the way. This Slayer-toting bug may be foolish enough to kill
himself. If he shoots a rocket into a pillar right next to him, he'll
go down in no time. Don't wait for him to do this, though. Try your
hardest to nail him with a charged shot, too.
Objective 2 Completed!
PA: Make your way to the final chamber. The last Skedar King will be
chomping at the bit waiting for you. He's got a big ol' Slayer and
knows how to use it. Fortunately, if you remember from fighting the
original Skedar Leader, Phoenix shells have the possibility of blowing
rockets as they leave the launcher. Keep shooting him and he'll blow a
rocket off in his own face and fall like a sack of meat. The galaxy is
saved! Do the Maian Shuffle!
All Objectives Completed!
Tips for PA: The mission is quite hard on Perfect Agent. Some tips
will be to stay with your buds, regardless of how slow they are. Their
suppression fire can be a BIG help to you. Kill every Skedar you see
at all times, but keep moving, especially when you get near the Kings
who have infinite spawn capacity.
Most of all, watch when you shoot an explosive Phoenix shot. If one of
your buds runs into it, he's dogmeat...
*****************************************************************
Final Combat Training: The Duel
This "mission" will be available to you after you earn all Bronzes on
the Firing Range.
A. Overview
This is your last combat training exercise. You will be pitted against
a hologram opponent of increasing skill in the Holo Training Room.
Itís pistols at three paces. Once the three paces are up, you are free
to do whatever you want, though.
B. Objectives
1. A SA PA: Defeat DataDyne Guard
2. SA PA: Defeat Jonathan Dark
3. PA: Defeat Trent Easton
C. Equipment
Starting:
A SA PA: Falcon 2 (scope) - Your sidearm will be your only friend
here... Starting ammo: 8.
In Mission:
SA PA: DY357 Magnum - Jonís weapon. Donít bother using it even if
you do pick it up. Itís far too slow.
PA: DY357-LX - Trentís weapon. Not worth bothering about since
beating him ends the mission.
D. Opposition
DD Infantry: Moderately good.
Jonathan Dark: Pretty darn good.
Trent Easton: Unbelievably good.
E. Walkthrough
All: Against the DD Infantry, strafe around him, and squeeze off a shot
while he stalls. He wonít move much and his aimís not that great. He
shouldnít be too much trouble unless he gets lucky.
Objective 1 Completed!
SA PA: Jonathan will immediately run behind the wall when you start.
Follow him behind the wall to beat him at his own game. Because he has
the slow Magnum, heíll have a tough time hitting you if youíre close.
Cap him.
Objective 2 Completed!
PA: Immediately head behind the wall. Trentís aim is so good that if
he gets you out in the open for even a second, youíre down. Hide
behind the wall, then lean out and pop him.
All Objectives Completed!
Thus endeth the Solo Missions! Good job!
*****************************************************************
*****************************************************************
8. Multiplayer
This is where your skill as a killing machine really shine through.
Itís you against your friends in an all-out deathmatch, or any of the
other games that those boys and girls at Rare came up with...
I wonít go over ALL the characters, settings, and what not for
Multiplayer. I will get in as much rhetoric as I can, though...
You can use Challenges to unlock just about anything imaginable,
including other Challenges, of course, and you only need a certain
number of challenges beaten, not any particular challenge. Really,
thereís no scheme to it. When you open a challenge with certain new
weapons, scenarios, or arenas, those new things will be available for
selection as normal in Multiplayer.
I recently saw a list of unlockables for characters, and got the
author's permission to use it, so here goes, the character unlock
list.
Available By Default
(Joanna Combat, Daniel Carrington, Cassandra De Vries, CI Male Lab
Technician, CI Female Lab Technician, CI Soldier, DataDyne Shock
Trooper, DataDyne Security, DataDyne Infantry, DataDyne Trooper,
Secretary)
OPEN CHALLENGE 5
(DataDyne Female Guard)
OPEN CHALLENGE 6
(Office Suit, Office Casual)
OPEN CHALLENGE 8
(Joanna Negotiator, Negotiator)
OPEN CHALLENGE 9
(Trent Easton, NSA Lackey)
OPEN CHALLENGE 10
(Joanna Leather, G5 Guard, G5 Swat Guard)
OPEN CHALLENGE 11
(Mr. Blonde, Dinner Jacket 1, Dinner Jacket 2, Dinner Jacket 3,
Dinner Jacket 4)
OPEN CHALLENGE 12
(Joanna Trenchcoat)
OPEN CHALLENGE 13
(CIA Agent, FBI Agent)
OPEN CHALLENGE 14
(Joanna Lab Technician, Area 51 guard, Area 51 Trooper, Pilot, Overalls)
OPEN CHALLENGE 15
(Male Lab Tehcnician, Female Lab Technician, DataDyne Lab Technician)
OPEN CHALLENGE 16
(BioTechnician)
OPEN CHALLENGE 18
(Elvis, Maian, Elvis (Waistcoat), Maian Soldier)
OPEN CHALLENGE 20
(Joanna Stewardess, Air Force One Pilot, Steward, Stewardess, Head
Stewardess)
OPEN CHALLENGE 21
(Joanna Artic, Alaskan Guard)
OPEN CHALLENGE 22
(Joanna Party Frock, Joanna Frock (Ripped), Carrington Evening Wear,
The President, Presidential Security)
OPEN CHALLENGE 23
(NSA Bodyguard, Presidential Clone)
OPEN CHALLENGE 28
(Joanna Wetsuit, Joanna Aqualung, Pelagic II Guard)
Thank you Chaos Sonic!
*****************************************************************
A. Arenas:
Perfect Dark Arenas:
Skedar:
This arena is decorated in sandy rock walls and archaic architecture.
Classic Skedar Temple motif. The arena loops around itself in a few
places, and there are a couple of dead ends. Itís not big, but there
are a few places that offer cover for you. There are also some uneven
floors thatíll ruin your aim, and two floors for your sniping
pleasure. Not really one of my favorites, primarily due to the size,
or lack thereof.
Pipes:
This level is compact, with its small hallways and no spaces. Iíve
never been a big fan of compact. There are three floors to it, and the
bottom floorís not easy to get off of. There are a couple of pipes
over a chasm on the bottom floor, and a system of ramps and catwalks
combining the second and third floors.
Area 52:
This oneís okay. Itís basically one floor, and has a good combination
of open spaces and hallways. There are a couple of good camping
locations, but, as we all know, no camper is invincible.
Warehouse: Complete 3 Challenges
Another great combination of open and tight, the Warehouse has four
major rooms interconnected by small hallways or crawlspaces. There are
huge stacks of crates for hiding behind and climbing on top of, and
catwalks for those of you who like the higher ground.
Ravine: Complete 5 Challenges
This oneís wide-open, and it has high walls that are real good for
bouncing explosives off of. Not my favorite, but not to be discounted,
either.
G5 Building: Complete 9 Challenges
One Iíve gotten to know quite well. This one can be confusing. Itís
quite compact and has multiple levels. Itís basically two building
sections separated by several catwalks running over a pit. Itís not
fun to fall...
Grid: Complete 11 Challenges
Apparently part of the G5 Building, as evidence of the big G5 logo on
the walls. This place is nice. There are a couple of open spaces, a
glass floor that can be shattered, and several ways to get around.
Check out the area with pillars flanking the elevator. The Matrix,
anyone?
Villa: Complete 14 Challenges
Designed to look like part of the Carrington Villa, this place is not
my fave as there arenít many ways of getting around. The arenaís
pretty one-pathed in several places.
Sewers: Complete 16 Challenges
I have likes and dislikes about this arena. My likes are that there
are many ways to get around, and that the bottom floor is so easy to
move around in. My dislikes are its compact-size, itís confusing
nature, and its multiple levels...
Car Park: Complete 17 Challenges
Now, THIS is my kind of Arena. It has three levels of wide-open space,
and tight stairwells connecting those levels. Sweet stuff.
Base: Complete 18 Challenges
The Base has a lot of interconnecting areas, and the spaces are pretty
open. There are a couple of places where the action tends to happen
most, and that would be in the area with ladders...
Fortress: Complete 20 Challenges
A Capture the Case level if I ever saw one. This is basically four
identical areas set up around a central hub. Itís three levels of
mayhem!
Ruins: Complete 22 Challenges
Based on the Skedar Ruins Battle Shrine. Not my favorite, as there are
some areas that are completely sealed off from a certain direction
unless you take the LOOOONG way around. It has a partial mountain
desert motif and the Skedar Inner Shrine metal motif.
Classic Arenas:
Complex: Complete 1 Challenge
Yes, this level is indeed complex. Very little has changed about it.
You can fall off the area with the two small walkways over the lower
floor. There is also a new walkway connecting the circling ramp in one
area to a point that was previously a dead end.
Temple: Complete 6 Challenges
This was one of my old favorites, and it still is. Itís got nice, big,
open rooms. You can now fall down the center pit, of course, and the
ground floor open area, where it used to have a big square wall in one
end, now has several small pillars for cover.
Felicity: Complete 12 Challenges
Yes, this is a renamed Facility. Despite the fact that there are dead
ends in this arena, itís still a fun place to play. The bathroom vents
are now accessible from below, and actually LEAD somewhere, so all is
not lost if you spawn there. The chemical tanks in the side rooms have
now been tipped over to offer you some cover.
*****************************************************************
B. Scenarios:
There are several different ways to play the game.
Combat:
Standard Deathmatch. Pick your weapons. Pick your place. Pick your
Sims. Pick your partners if you wanna, and start shooting.
King of the Hill:
This is actually something Iíve not seen before. A random location on
the Arena is designated the Hill, and the first person or team captures
it and has to remain there for thirty seconds. Doing so will earn them
a point. The Hill is lost if the person standing on it is killed or
that person leaves the Hill.
Hold the Briefcase: Complete 2 Challenges
This is similar to the Living Daylights mode in Goldeneye. Thereís a
briefcase lying around. Grabbing it will tag you on the map. Every
thirty seconds you hold it will give you a point. Being killed,
naturally, will mean you drop the case.
Capture the Case: Complete 4 Challenges
Just like a Capture the Flag scenario, and only available for teams.
You need to capture an opposing teamís case and get it back to your
base. You need to have your own case to get the points, however.
Hacker Central: Complete 6 Challenges
There is one Data Uplink and one Laptop PC somewhere in the arena. You
need to grab the Uplink and head for the PC. Activate it to start the
download. Donít switch off the Uplink or move too far from the PC.
Once you complete the rather lengthy download, youíll get a point. If
youíre killed while holding the Uplink, a new one will appear somewhere
else in the Arena.
Pop a Cap: Complete 12 Challenges
In this scenario, one person is designated "It". Killing anyone will
earn you a point. Killing "It" will earn you two points. Surviving as
"It" will get you points, as well. The person designated "It" changes
throughout the game, as he or she is killed.
*****************************************************************
C. Presets for Multiplayer and Submitted Game Setups:
There are several quick start scenarios for you in case you really
donít feel like making huge setups. Theyíll set you up with weapons,
the arena, and a few other special things, but nothing you canít do
yourself, of course.
No Shields:
Arena: Skedar
Limits: 10 minutes, 10 points
Weapons: Cyclone, CMP150, MagSec 4, AR34, Falcon 2
Automatics:
Arena: Pipes
Limits: 10 minutes, 10 points
Weapons: AR34, Dragon, Cyclone, CMP150, Shield
Rocket Launchers:
Arena: Area 52
Limits: 10 minutes, 10 points
Weapons: Dragon, DY357 Magnum, Sniper Rifle, Rocket Launcher, Shield
Simulants:
Arena: Skedar
Limits: 10 minutes
Weapons: Falcon 2, CMP150, AR34, Rocket Launcher, Shield
Opposition: Two NormalSims, and two MeatSims.
King of the Hill:
Arena: Skedar
Limits: 10 minutes, 10 points
Weapons: MagSec 4, DY357 Magnum, K7 Avenger, AR34, Shield
Complex Farsight: Complete 1 Challenge
Arena: Complex
Limits: 10 minutes, 20 points
Weapons: MagSec 4, Cyclone, K7 Avenger, Farsight XR-20, Shield
Hold the Briefcase: Complete 2 Challenges
Arena: Skedar
Limits: 10 minutes
Weapons: MagSec 4, K7 Avenger, Shotgun, Rocket Launcher, Shield
Pistol One-Hit Kills: Complete 3 Challenges.
Arena: Area 52
Limits: 10 points
Weapons: Falcon 2, Falcon 2 (silenced), MagSec 4, DY357 Magnum, Shield
Special: One-Hit Kills
Capture the Case: Complete 4 Challenges
Arena: Area 52
Limits: 10 minutes
Weapons: Falcon 2, Cyclone, Sniper Rifle, Shotgun, Shield
Tranquilizer: Complete 7 Challenges
Arena: Skedar
Limits: 10 minutes, 10 points
Weapons: Falcon 2, CMP150, Dragon, Tranquilizer, Shield
Slow Motion: Complete 8 Challenges
Arena: Skedar
Limits: 5 minutes, 10 points
Weapons: MagSec 4, K7 Avenger, SuperDragon, Sniper Rifle, Shield
Special: Slow Motion
Temple Explosives: Complete 11 Challenges
Arena: Temple
Limits: 10 minutes
Weapons: SuperDragon, Devastator, Shield
Slayer: Complete 13 Challenges
Arena: Skedar
Limits: 10 minutes, 10 points
Weapons: MagSec 4, K7 Avenger, Shotgun, Slayer, Shield
Cloaking: Complete 16 Challenges
Arena: Skedar
Limits: 10 minutes 10 points
Weapons: Mauler, SuperDragon, Reaper, Grenade, Cloaking Device
Of course, if ANYONE has presets they want to share, donít hesitate to
submit and Iíll be glad to post them.
Here are quite a few for your killing pleasure.
Submitted by ChewyLS:
Scenario: Combat
Options: Default
Area: G5 building (or any that you choose, but this one is my fave)
Weapons: Grenade, CMP150, Falcon 2 (scope), RC-P120, Farsight XR-20,
Shield
Limits: whatever you want, but I like unlimited everything
Simulants: whatever you choose, but it seems to be better with 8
simulants
Teams: none
Name: Fast as lightning
Scenario: Hold the briefcase
Options: Fast movement
Area: Villa
Weapons: Automatics preset with no shield
Limits: default
Simulants: Same number of Kazesims as humans
Teams: Humans vs. simulants
Notes: You've got a lot of power in this match, but with fast animation
on, those Kazesims will keep on coming. You better change the Kazesims
to a higher difficulty than meat or easy, because those aren't even a
snack.
Name: Killer in the midst
Scenario: Combat
Options: Default
Area: Sewers
Weapons:Shotgun, CMP150, Cyclone, Dragon, Mauler, Shield
Limits: 10 team score
Simulants: 3 Easysims, 1 Darksim
Teams: Humans vs. Simulants
Notes: Facing 3 Easysims may seem like a breeze, but the Darksim will
make this breeze into a hurricane. The good news is that there are good
weapons such as the Cyclone and the Dragon. To make the match even
harder, make all the sims the same characters.
Name: Solitary weapon
Options: Default
Area: G5 building
Weapons: Nothing, Nothing, Nothing, Shield, Shotgun
Limits: 3 score
Simulants: Your choice
Teams: None
Notes: There is only but one strategy in this scenario: get the shotgun
as fast as you can, and wait for it to regenerate to get more ammo. If
you don't have the shotgun, (due to the fact there's only one) then
you'll have to disarm the lucky son-of-a-gun who has it.
Name: Alien Tech
Scenario: Hacker Central
Options: No radar
Area: Ruins
Weapons: Reaper, Slayer, Mauler, Phoenix, Callisto NTG, FarSight XR-20
Limits: Default
Simulants: 1 Hardsim, 1 Predatorsim
Teams: Humans vs. Simulants
Notes: This invasion from outer space will make this scenario very
cool. The Predatorsim is good enough to give human fits, and the
Hardsim is no pushover. The many walls in the ruins will give you the
chance to spy on the other players, but they can see you, too.
A bunch by Oberon the Fairy King:
Meat:
Massacre:
Combat, limit: 5 minutes
One of my favorites. I'm sick, I know. 8 PeaceSims, all on Meat
difficulty. For weapons, try Golden Guns, Crossbows, Laptop Guns, and
explosives. Don't use too small an arena, or they may just gang up on
you (They won't attack each other because they only attack people with
guns out).
Diplomacy:
Capture The Case, limit: 9 Team Score
This is neat. It's listed here because, since people can think and Sims
can't, you have the advantage. Take a Sim as a buddy (not Meat, but not
Perfect or Dark either). Three other teams: One team is Dark/Meat,
another Perfect/Easy, and a third Hard/Normal. This is great in a
non-linear arena; linear ones create two seperate one on one games.
Easy:
Duck 'n' Cover:
Combat, limit: 3 Score
This one is all about using cover, strafing, and aim. Toss a normal
Falcon in slot one, and a Scoped one in slot six. Play this one in the
grid, with one hit kills. Don't overdo the sims, Perfect and Dark will
mow you down every time no matter what. They're too good with one hit
kills on. This is a defense game: if you die, you just got someone 1/3
of the way to victory. The reason this is easy is the radar. Turn it
off and things get freaky.
Normal:
The Approach:
Combat, limit: 10 minutes
Play in the temple. Put in Crossbow for slot one, Farsight for six.
Don't use any sims below normal, and use hard or better for best
results. Bad sims don't use the farsight corectly. Basicly, half the
people will stay back and farsight, the other half will try to get in
the same room with the crossbow. Either way it's one hit and down,
most of the time. The farsighters have to pick people off. The
crossbowers have to speed-strafe and never stop moving. Use KazeSims
for CrossBowers, and CowardSims for Farsighters.
Drugs:
Hold the case, limit: 10 score
This is great. Play it in ravine for best results. Toss in nothin' but
tranqs 'n' N-bombs. If you DO kill the carrier, you probably can't see
straight enough to find the durn case. This can be frustrating, and
sims aren't effected enough by tranqs to make in fun. Go against your
friends instead.
Hard:
The Hunt:
Combat, limit: 3 minutes
Toss in a bunch of automatics. Play with three buddies against a team
of two DarkSims. If you think you can hunt more than that down, add
more. Toss in eight Darksims against the four humans and turn the
tables from hunters to hunted!
Paranoia:
King of the hill, limit: 10 minutes
This is a level that will have you jittering for weeks. Put in all
three types of mines and the K7. Don't forget that every weapon here
except remote mines have threat detectors, but only the K7 can shoot at
the same time. Try it in a dark level with little open area. As for
sims, use the upper levels. The stupid ones will just keep running
into your proxies...
The Horde:
King of the hill, limit: 20 score
Turn off mobile hills. Put hill time on 10 seconds. Put in Falcon,
Falcon w/ Scope, Mauler, Phoenix, Magnum, and golden gun. Basicly, a
huge pile of great guns will appear on the hill as people get blown
away there. By the end, if you can secure the hill, you're guaranteed
dual golden guns and maulers. But you gotta beat someone else who has
these to get here, first. Good with normal and hardsims. Perfect and
above are to good with one hit killers, and easy and below can't aim
straight.
Perfect:
The Guessing Game:
Combat, limit: 10 score
This revolves around the sims. One team of four CowardSims on Meat, on
of four VengeSims on Dark. Basicly, kill the cowards. Killing a venge
may be possible, but HIGHLY unrecommended. Make sure, btw, that all the
guys look the same, and turn off player colors and radar. No cheating,
now!
The Matrix:
Combat, limit: 10 minutes
Indeed hard. Put in falcons, CMPs, and Avengers. Toss in you and a
friend, with four trenchcoated NormalSims. See if you can take down the
Dark, Perfect, and Hard agents (all in suits of course).
Dark:
Paranoia II:
Pop a cap, limit: 5 minutes
Skedar arena with nothin' but slayers and snipers. Throw in two
DarkSims and two Buddies along with your bad stuff and watch as you
slowly degenerate. What's great is seeing yourself in SlayerView (tm)
or at 30x on the sniper right before you hear a sudden BLAM! and...
See if these hold you for a bit. They're mainly concentrated on the
sims, but some (like the paranoias) work better with humans. Oh, and if
you want to see what 'hectic' truly means, toss in seven sims for
capture the case and put you and all of them on seperate teams. Cases
galore!
This one was submitted by Ashcraft:
! Assault !
Scenario: Combat
Options: Default
Simulants: 8
In this scenario you, Elvis, and 4 Maian Soldiers go up against Mr.
Blonde and his two best bodyguards. Elvis is a Hard TurtleSim, his 4
Maian Soldiers are HardSims, and then it's you or you and your
freinds. Mr. Blonde is a Dark TurtleSim and his bodygaurds are
DarkSims.
This takes place in the Grid.
Weapons
1. Mauler
2. Combat Boost
3. Callisto NTG
4. Reaper
5. Shield
6. AR34
Elvis has on his flag shirt, and the Maian soldiers have their blue
triangle helmets. Mr. Blonde's bodygaurds have the white artic suits
and the Shock Trooper helmet. Mr. Blonde has the standard white arctic
suit and head.
Submitted by Darthhelmet85:
Rainbow Six:
Have a team of six Swat guards (including you) hunt down terrorists (up
to three) With the terrorists on the Dark difficulty setting And your
team of swat guard on the Normal Setting. For Weapons, Use Automatics,
Pistols, And maybe a combat knife or two just for emergencies. I
usually play this one in the G5 building.
A rather detailed one from ConfusedGuy:
While I may not be the best at Perfect Dark, I regard myself as at
least adequate, and find that this scenario tests my skills quite
well. I call it 'Entrapment', since some of the weapons allow you to
lay an excellent trap for your unsuspecting enemies. Here are the
settings (a few of them require completed Challenges, etc.), and
explanations for them. Settings which have not been changed from their
default are not shown.
Scenario: Capture the Case (Adds element to play besides all-out
combat)
Arena: Complex (Good labyrinthian environment)
Options: Just make sure that the cases DO show up on radar, and that
kills score as well
Weapons: Custom
Dragon (Shoot or set prox. mines)
Laptop Gun (Shoot or set extremely useful sentry guns)
Tranquilizer (Discombobulate your opponents)
K7 Avenger (Shoot and detect sentry guns or prox. mines)
CMP150 (Use the second function to lock on to enemies)
RC-P120 (Shoot or conceal yourself by cloaking)
Limits:
Time: 20 min. (To ensure the match isnít too long)
Score: No Limit (Teamwork!)
Team Score: 50 (The matchís length)
To change the length of the match, adjust the Team Score limit.
Teams and Sims:
Player1 Red (YOU)
1: MeatSim1 Red (For easy kills)
2: MeatSim2 Blue (For easy kills)
3: NormSim1 Red (Mediocre help)
4: NormSim2 Red (Mediocre help)
5: NormSim3 Blue (Mediocre competition)
6: NormSim4 Blue (Mediocre competition)
7: EasySim Blue (To fill up the scenario)
8: HardSim Blue (Substantial competition)
For higher or lower difficulty, try altering the level of Sims 7-8; but
be careful, as the balance of difficulty is delicate. For a 2 player
match, add Player2 to the Red team, and change Sim7ís difficulty to
Hard; OR, alter the Sims and teams so that each of 2 teams (Red, Blue)
has 1 human, 1 MeatSim, 2 NormSims, and 1 HardSim. For a 3 player
match, put all humans on the Red team, change Sim7ís difficulty to
Hard, and switch Sim1 to the Blue team; OR, put a human and 2 NormSims
on each of 3 teams (Red, Yellow, Blue); OR, do the preceding, plus 2
HardSims on the Magenta team. For a 4 player match, alter the Sims and
teams so that each of 2 teams (Red and Blue) has 2 humans, 1 EasySim, 2
NormSims, and 1 HardSim; OR, put a human and 2 NormSims on each of 4
teams (Red, Yellow, Blue, Magenta).
Strategy:
A: Lay a Laptop Sentry Gun in your base for defense.
B: Or, lay a Laptop Sentry Gun in the enemy base to clear out the room.
C: Throw a Dragon Prox. Mine in an enemy-filled room to clear it out
before entering.
D: Cloak yourself with the RC-P120 before entering enemy territory.
E: Order your Sim teammates to guard your case while you capture the
enemyís.
F: Or, order your Sim teammates to capture the enemy case, and guard
your own yourself.
G: If you have the Infinite Laptop Sentry Ammo cheat unlocked, use it
(at your own risk...).
Submitted by NeoBahamut:
Scenario: Combat
Weapons: Shotgun, Devastator, Laptop Gun, Callisto, Cyclone, Falcon.
Sims: VengeSim: Normal, KazeSim: Normal. MeatSim, EasySim, EasySim,
NormalSim, NormalSim, JudgeSim: Normal.
Play this on a small level like the Felicity or something. Turn off
Teams, turn on One-Hit Kills, and LET 'ER RIP!! This is just pure
madness, the Shotgun and Devastator will give you huge kill counts, and
the other Sims will all be trying to kill each other and you. You can
get awards like Quad Kill with this Scenario. Try it with four friends
and you'll be cleaning up the blood for weeks!
Paranoia(Hmmm, Popular name)
Scenario: Combat
Weapons: CMP, Dragon , RCP-120, Cloaking Device, Cyclone, SuperDragon,
Reaper.
Sims: All Dark! Add at least 2 or 3. I like 4 or 5. Play with a friend
on Humans vs Simulants or by yourself.
This is just scary. Fill it with weapons the enemy knows how to use,
Cloaking Devices to keep you on your toes, and DarkSims at every turn,
this would turn anybody into a shaking pile of jelly in just an hour.
Turn off Radar, and turn off one hit kills (more frustrating). Play it
in a big complex level (I prefer the G5 Building because I know the
Complex too well, but try to play it in a level your are unfamiliar
with.) Everywhere you turn, the team of DarkSims will be all over you.
Turn a corner and BLAM! Reincarnate and BLAM! This will keep you up all
night saying to yourself, "I want just one more kill, one more kill on
these bastards! Please!!!"
Scenario: Combat
Weapons: ALL DISABLED!!!!!!
Sims: Same as above, except replace the JudgeSim with another
VengeSim.
Play this on a small level too. It's pure madness. The small confines
of the Felicity make getting kills easy and getting killed easier. No
teams, no weapons, and One-Hit Kills. Just play with all the sims or
friends. If you're doing this with friends especially, I have two words
for you... HURRICANE FISTS!!!!!!!!!! When you get killed, you can just
lie there and listen to the smacks and yells as everyone else wastes
each other over your head.
Submitted by SpacemanSpiff:
My favorite multiplayer setup is King o' the hill with Falcon 2
(scope), Laptop gun, K7 avenger, RC-P120, N-Bomb, and either the rocket
launcher or the slayer, depending on my mood. Any level will do
although i prefer the villa. Add some sims, then friends if you have
any (...have any around that is...). Enjoy.
A LOT of VERY nice ones sent in by bustamac:
The Terminator
Scenario: Combat
Arena: Villa
Weapons: Falcon 2, Shotgun, Shotgun, CMP150
Simulants: CowardSim, difficulty Normal (or easy if you want a
challenge),
Blonde girl head and
Joanna Negotiator body
PreySim, difficulty Hard, Tough guy head & Mr. Blonde body
Teams: You and Sarah Connor CowardSim vs. Terminator PreySim (on the
Brown/Blue team in order to change his white clothes) Notes: You're
Kyle Reese and your job is to protect Sarah Connor from the Terminator
(who has 200% health handicap). Other people could be added to this
scenario representing fellow soldiers of the future. However, in this
case the Terminator's health handicap should increase by 100% per
player for balance.
X-Files
Scenario: Hold the Briefcase
Arena: Area 52
Weapons: Falcon 2, DV-357 Magnum, Phoenix, Mauler
Simulants: Hard, Perfect, or DarkSims (whose number equals the number
of humans) with appearance set to any of the aliens. Notes: The
players, as Mulder (FBI agent), Scully (Joanna Trenchcoat with Velvet
Dark head), and other FBI agents must steal the evidence of a massive
alien conspiracy straight from the horse's mouth: the aliens
themselves. Or you could turn the tables and play as the aliens vs.
FBI agent sims!
Bomb Squad
Scenario: King of the Hill
Arena: Any small to medium sized level will do
Weapons: K7 Avenger, Remote mines, Proximity mines, shields
Simulants: None recommended, because the sims would hit the explosives
every time.
Teams: 1 Mad Bomber vs. 1-3 Bomb Squad Team Members
Notes: When the scenario begins, the Mad Bomber has 30-60 seconds
(depending on level size) to lay as many mines as he can on the hill.
During this time, the Bomb Squad players wait. Then the Squad takes off
for the ready-to blow hill. The madcap and explosive battle ensues and
continues, until the hill is captured by the victor. At this point the
process repeats (for every subsequent hill), with the Squad members
waiting while the Bomber wires up the next hill, then taking off to
defuse it. For realism, the Bomb Squad is restricted to using the K7,
and the Bomber the mines. Of course, realism can be disregarded in the
heat of battle. . .
Kill the Loony
Scenario: Combat
Arena: Felicity
Weapons: Falcon 2, MagSec 4, Dragon, Tranquilizer, Tranquilizer
Simulants: SpeedSim, difficulty anything but Meat, with head of that
guy baring his teeth and body of Biotechnician
Teams: 1-4 Doctors vs. 1 Escaped Mental Patient
Notes: One of your mental patients has escaped. Is it that nice old
lady on the third floor with a history of Alzheimer's? Nope. It's that
psycho on floor five with a history of paranoia, hallucinatory
insanity, and good old homicidal mania. He's whacked out on drugs, so
he's got massive adrenaline in his system (SpeedSim) and he can't feel
pain (Health Handicap: 500%). Hospital protocol demands that you
sedate him and return him to his quarters, but you'd feel a lot better
knowing he was dead.
T2
Scenario: Combat
Arena: Car Park
Weapons: Falcon 2, Shotgun, CMP150, Grenade, Shield
Simulants: ShieldSim T-1000 (Sniper Head and dataDyne security body),
difficulty: Hard/Perfect, handicap of 300% (or more)
HardSim Sarah Connor (blonde girl head and Joanna Combat body)
NormalSim John Connor (brown, short hair head with "guy wearing a
short blue jacket" body)
Teams: The Terminator (you), Sarah Connor, & John Connor vs. T-1000
Limits: Score limit - 15, Team score limit - 10
Recommended Soundtrack: Dark Combat
Notes: Priority One: Protection of Sarah Connor and John Connor.
Priority Two: Destruction of T-1000 prototype. Priority Three:
Self-preservation. This should be a very difficult scenario because
those Connors run into bullets as if they're thinking the 1000th person
shot wins a sack of gold teeth!
Metal Gear Solid
Scenario: King of the Hill
Arena: Any large level
Weapons: Falcon 2 (silencer), Sniper Rifle, Dragon, Cloaking Device
Simulants: 8 EasySims (Datadyne Shock Trooper head & body)
Teams: All 8 of them vs. you.
Limits: Score: 5, Team Score: 15
Options: No Radar
Hill Options: Hill time of 35sec/point, Mobile Hill off.
Recommended Soundtrack: Datadyne Extraction
Recommended Active Cheat: Cloaking Device
Notes: This is Colonel Campbell. Come in, Solid Snake. We've cleared up
that mess in Alaska, but now you've got to tie up one of Liquid Snake's
loose ends. Seems that he's got another facility for storing Metal
Gears. Head for that location with a transceiver for our weapons
satellite so we can blast that thing to hell. It'll take a while for
the transceiver to get a lock. You won't get bored because good old
Liquid's left you some friends to keep you busy. We got you a cloaking
device, so you can concentrate on shooting things instead of crawling
around like a rat. Campbell out.
The quintessential SuicideBomberSim
This is an interesting tactic that I stumbled upon during a frantic
game with remote mines. I call it the "SuicideBomberSim" (too bad
KazeSim is already taken). This is very useful in games like King of
the Hill where kill points don't matter. It doesn't work well against
other hi-level sims, but it works just fine on people!
1. During Advanced Setup, put a FistSim on your team and set the option
to display team colors on the radar. Your friends won't object to
making the Sim's difficulty Dark/Perfect, right? He's only a little
FistSim. . .
2. Select any level and include Remote Mines.
3. When the game starts, grab some Remote Mines and order the FistSim
on your team to "Hold."
4. As soon as the FistSim arrives at your position, stick plenty of
remote mines on his body.
5. Send an order for the FistSim to "Attack" someone you don't like.
6. As soon as you see your FistSim dot merge with the victim's dot,
DETONATE!!! Or, if you aren't using team colors, listen for a punching
sound and look for the victim's blurry screen, then. . . DETONATE!! If
you want this tactic to cause you a net gain in points in Combat
scenarios, you'll have to blow up a group, but that's not hard to do in
a small level (against sims, anyway - your friends will catch on pretty
quickly and separate).
DragonBall Z: Protect Earth's DragonBalls from Freeza!
Scenario: Capture the Case
Arena: Any
Weapons: Lasers, Lasers, Shield, Shield, Cloaking Device, N-Bomb
People OR Simulants:
Goku PerfectSim (no-beard man with hair just like Bond's head, overalls
body)
OR Goku Super Saiyan SpeedSim Difficulty Dark (Jonathan head, overalls
body)
Krillan NormalSim (no-beard guy with hair almost same color as head,
overalls body)
Gohan CowardSim difficulty Hard (no-beard guy & inverted bowl haircut
head, Sniper body)
Yamcha NormalSim (no-beard guy with ponytail head, overalls body)
Piccolo HardSim (Elvis head, green DataDyne trooper body)
Vegeta VengeSim difficulty Hard (Trent Easton head, A51 guard body)
Freeza PerfectSim (Biotechnician Head, Alaskan guard body)
Score Limit: 7
Teams: Goku OR Goku Super Saiyan, Krillan, Gohan, & Yamcha (Yellow) vs.
Piccolo, Vegeta, and Freeza (Blue)
Options: Fast Movement
Case Options: Show On Radar
Recommended Active Cheat: Hurricane Fists
Recommended Soundtrack: dD Central
Notes: In an alternate timeline, Freeza has come to Earth, and his new
Mind-Control Beam has turned Vegeta and Piccolo into his cronies. Their
purpose: Collect the DragonBalls to achieve immortality! The Earthlings
have hidden them in innocuous briefcases (I know, it's a stretch) but
Freeza is not fooled. All of Earth's remaining Special Forces must
collect the DragonBalls first and wish this intergalactic menace out of
existence. The laser beams represent the energy attacks the DBZ
characters use to fight. Shields represent their energy defenses. The
cloaking device represents those parts of the show where the characters
move so fast you can't even see them. The N-Bomb is like the Spirit
Bomb attack. Fast movement and Hurricane Fists reflect the characters'
super reflexes.
DragonBall Z: Earth vs. Giant Saiyan Apes!
Scenario: Combat
Arena: Any small level
Weapons: Lasers, Lasers, Shield, Shield, Cloaking Device, N-Bomb
People: (at least two)
Goku (no-beard man with hair just like Bond's head, overalls body)
Krillan (no-beard guy with hair almost same color as head, overalls
body)
Gohan (no-beard guy & inverted bowl haircut head, Sniper body)
Yamcha (no-beard guy with ponytail head, overalls body)
Simulants: 2-4 Giant Saiyan Ape TurtleSims, any difficulty (orange
helmet head, A51 guard body)
Options: Fast Movement
Recommended Active Cheats: Hurricane Fists, Fast Movement, Small Jo
Recommended Soundtrack: Skedar Mystery
Notes: It appears that there were more Saiyan survivors from planet
Vegeta's explosion than previously thought. They have arrived on Earth,
creating artificial moonlight in order to attain Giant Saiyan Ape form
and wreak havoc. Looks like Earth's Special Forces have to take care of
some monkey business. . .
The Small Jo cheat makes the human players small, while keeping the
Saiyan Ape Sims appropriately huge. Spirit Bombs (N-Bombs) are really
the only way to kill the Apes effectively, just like in DBZ.
A Knife in the [Perfect] Dark
OR
Crap That's Freaky!
Scenario: Combat
Arena: Any simple level (like the Temple)
Weapons: All Combat Knives
Simulants: 0-8 Meat/EasySims, because you're blind
Score Limit: None
Time Limit: 10 min
Teams: Any
Options: No Radar
Player Options: Player Highlights, Pick-up Highlights, and Team Color
Highlights
Recommended Cheat: Perfect Darkness
Recommended Soundtrack: Skedar Ruins
Notes: No one is allowed to use Night Vision so everyone fights in the
dark. The only way to navigate in the darkness is to use the
highlighted guns, ammo, and people as ways to get your bearings. This
game will give you the shakes. Seriously. And if you thought this
scenario was freaky, just wait until you make everyone look the same
(including the Sims) so NOBODY knows who's stabbing you! One-hit-kills
can make it even scarier! Here's a navigation tip: try throwing knives
into thin air. You can leave a trail of bread crumbs this way because
knives highlight when they stick in the wall.
A FarSight in the [Perfect] Dark
OR
Crap That's Cheap!
Scenario: Combat
Arena: Any simple level
Weapons: All Farsights
Simulants: None because you're still blind
Teams: Any with 4 players
Options: No Radar again
Player Options: All the Highlights again
Recommended Active Cheat: Perfect Darkness again
Recommended Soundtrack: CI Operative
Notes: No Night Vision here, just FarSight Vision. Have you seen The
ThunderCats? "Gun of Omens, give me Sight Beyond FarSight!"
The Matrix II
Scenario: Hold the Briefcase
Arena: Grid
Weapons: Falcon 2, Falcon 2, CMP150, CMP150, K7 Avenger
People/Simulants:
Neo SpeedSim Difficulty Dark (Keanu Reeves look-alike (with five
o'clock shadow) head, FBI Agent body)
Trinity HardSim (Woman with black hair & long face head, Joanna
Leather body)
Morpheus JudgeSim difficulty Perfect (black man with bald spot head,
CIA Agent body)
3-4 Agent Hard/Perfect/DarkSims (Any ugly head, President body)
Time Limit: None
Score Limit: None
Team Score Limit: 10
Options: Slow Motion Smart, Fast Movement, No Radar, No Auto-Aim
Teams: Neo, Trinity, Morpheus, Switch, and Epoch (Blue) vs. the 3-4
Agents (Brown)
Recommended Active Cheat: Hurricane Fists
Recommended Soundtrack: dD Extraction X or Carrington Villa X
Notes: The access codes for Zion's mainframe are loose in the Matrix!
If the agents retrieve them then the free world is lost. Now Neo and
the crew members of the Nebuchadnezzar must reenter the Matrix and
hold the codes long enough to establish a tracer signal and delete
them. Since Neo has become the One, death in the Matrix has lost its
sting; however, dying causes the tracer signal to be lost and gives
the agents an opportunity to snatch the codes! Slow Motion Smart plus
Fast Movement really gives the effect of Bullet-Time photography
because the slo-mo kicks in only when the bullets start flying, making
dodging them easier. "You're saying I can dodge bullets?" Yes, as long
as No Auto-Aim is active (Simulants are infallible marksmen
otherwise). Hurricane Fists are useful when you're close enough to an
Agent to make him "Dodge this." Did you ever notice that no level like
this one appears in the solo game and that 'grid' is a synonym for
'matrix'? "Whoa."
One Gun Two Gun No Gun
Scenario: Combat
Arena: Any
Weapons: Any lone doubling weapon (you can select the Falcon 2, for
example, because you can hold two of them at once)
Simulants: None
Options: One-Hit Kills, No Radar
Teams: 4 player free for all
Notes: Have every player go to his own options menu under Control and
turn off 'Ammo on Screen' and 'Show Gun Function', then start the
scenario as usual. If you have two guns and run into someone with two
guns (back-shooting breaks the rules, by the way), then the both of
you commence a sort of Rock, Paper, Scissors game by pressing the A
button. Unarmed beats 2 guns, 1 gun beats Unarmed, and 2 guns beat 1
gun. The winner gets to shoot (or punch) the loser. If you don't have
two guns when you see somebody who does, then run find some ASAP,
otherwise you're toast. Groups of 3 or 4 people who all have 2 guns
play a game of Odd Man Out by switching guns, where the minority voter
gets shot/smacked. For example, with 4 people, everyone presses A, and
then if 3 guys have guns out and 1 doesn't, the guy who doesn't gets
shot. Or, if 3 guys are unarmed and 1 guy has guns out, the guy with
guns gets smacked. Repeat if no one ends up in the minority.
Carrington Says
OR
Is Carrington Carrying?
Scenario: Combat
Arena: Any
Weapons: Any single gun, as long as it can't be doubled. For example,
you cannot use the Falcon 2, because you can hold 2 of these guns at
the same time, but you can use the Sniper Rifle.
Options: Team Colors On
Simulants: None
Teams: 4 players, each a different color team
Notes: This scenario makes use of the 'Black Out' feature. To do this,
crouch twice, then press and hold Down-C. Also, before everyone starts
the game, have every player go to his Control menu and turn off 'Ammo
on Screen' and 'Show Gun Function.'
The game begins with every player grabbing the gun in the level. As
soon as this is accomplished, Player 1 takes the role of Carrington.
Player 1 'Blacks Out' and asks "Is Carrington carrying?" and presses
the A button rapidly. At this point, all of the other players try to
guess whether Player 1 will pull out a gun or not by selecting Unarmed
or the gun with the A button. Then after everyone has made their guess,
Player 1 lets go of Down-C, revealing whether he's holding the gun or
not and yelling "Yes!" if he has the gun out and "No!" if not. If one
person guesses wrong, then all of the players try to kill the bad
guesser. The bad guesser becomes the next Carrington after he dies. If
everyone's wrong, then it's free-for-all combat. Whoever dies first
becomes the next Carrington. If everyone guesses right, then everyone
goes after Carrington! In this case the unlucky guy will have to be
Carrington again after he gets killed. Repeat the guessing game if
only one person guesses right. By the way, the odds for each are: 1
guy wrong (Toast him): 3/7. Only 1 right guess (Repeat): 2/7.
Everyone's wrong (Free-for-all): 1/7. Everyone's right (Go for
Carrington): 1/7.
Human Totem Poles in Multiplayer
This is a strange effect that occurs when someone is standing directly
in the spot you're going to land when you fall. You will land on top
of that person's head, and only the top person on the stack will be
able to go anywhere; all the others can do is jog in place. I actually
had this happen by accident one time in the first Solo mission when I
jumped off the helicopter pad and landed on a very surprised guard's
head. Here's how to make a totem pole in the Ravine level:
1. Player 2: go to the elevator platform and fall onto the lowest
level, next to the long orange pipe.
2. Player 2: get as close as you can to the edge of the cliff that the
elevator touches. Make sure you are facing the elevator dead on; rotate
until the red line on the ground is entirely vertical.
3. Player 1: get on the elevator and orient yourself so that if you were
down at Player 2's elevation, you both would be standing face to face.
4. Player 1: look down and step straight towards the edge of the
elevator until you can barely see the top of Player 2's head. Take a
small step into thin air when the elevator nears the top floor. You'll
land on Player 2's head. He'll be stuck there, but you can still move.
It will look interesting on everyone else's screens.
5. Have Player 3 repeat steps 3-4 to have three guys standing on each
other's heads.
6. Player 1: to make a four person totem pole, begin the stack with a
DarkSim on your team. To do this, move to the position that Player 2
took in step 2, then order your Sim to "Hold." Move out of the way and
he'll stand right on the spot.
Killing the people in this human tower makes it collapse - that's
Player 4's job. An interesting glitch occurs when you have a Simulant
on the bottom of the stack. When you kill him, the people on top of him
don't fall but float! You can walk in and out of the spot where the
Sim was standing. If you're very lucky, the Sim will run back to his
spot after respawning and end up on top of the stack, making the totem
pole five people high. You can also have every person but the top one
turn on a cloaking device so it looks like the one on the top is
floating. You could make a five-person tower, but the problem is that
no one could look at it (everyone is part of the stack).
This trick can be done in any level with long drop-offs. Examples are
the Temple, in the old Goldeneye body armor room with the high ledge;
the Villa, in the huge room with the catwalk; and the Warehouse, off
of any of the numerous catwalks.
You can build human totem poles on top of a Warehouse HoverCrate. All
you have to do is push the crate to the catwalk room, then have someone
step off a catwalk onto the crate. Too bad the crate can't move when
someone's on top of it.
Megaman II Perfect Edition
Scenario: Combat
Arena: Any technological (like Complex or Warehouse)
Weapons:
Megaman's Mega Buster (Mauler Single Shot mode ONLY)
Shield
If you include the boss, then include the corresponding weapon.
Crash Man's Crash Bomb (Devastator Wall-Hugger mode ONLY)
Magnet Man's Magnet Missile (Slayer Fly-By-Wire mode ONLY)
Shadow Man's Shadow Blade (Combat Knife)
Metal Man's Metal-Blade (Combat Knife)
Quick Man's Quick Beam (Cloaking Device and Laser)
Gemini Man's Gemini Laser (Laser)
Needle Man's Needle Cannon (Callisto NTG High-Impact Shells mode ONLY)
Spark Man's Spark Shock (Tranquilizer)
Hard Man's Hard Knuckle (Unarmed with Hurricane Fists Cheat)
Flash Man's Time Stop (Combat Boost, use Mauler Single Shot mode to
fight)
Air Man's Air Shooter (Cyclone Magazine Discharge mode ONLY)
Heat Man's Heat Ray (Phoenix Explosive Shells mode ONLY)
People:
Megaman (Sniper head, G5 Swat Guard body) Health Handicap: 125%
Choose 3 of these bosses to play as the other 3 players.
Crash Man (Sniper head, A51 Guard body)
Magnet Man (Orange Helmet head, Sniper body)
Shadow Man (DataDyne Shock Trooper head, NSA Bodyguard body)
Metal Man (DataDyne Shock Trooper head, Sniper body)
Quick Man (Sniper head, Overalls body)
Gemini Man (Biotechnician head, Alaskan Guard body)
Needle Man (Alien with Helmet head, NSA bodyguard body)
Spark Man (Biotechnician head, CI Soldier body)
Hard Man (DataDyne Shock Trooper head and body)
Flash Man (Sniper head and body)
Air Man (Alien with Helmet head, CI Soldier body)
Heat Man (Orange Helmet head, Overalls body)
Simulant:
Dr. Wily CowardSim difficulty Normal/Hard (goatee and poofy long hair
head,
DataDyne Lab Technician body)
Teams: Mega Man vs. 3 Bosses and Dr. Wily
Team Score Limit: 4
Options: Team Colors Off
Recommended Cheat: Hurricane Fists only if using Hard Man
Recommended Soundtrack: Dd Central X, Air Base X, Air Force One X
Notes:
IN THE YEAR OF 200X,
A SUPER ROBOT NAMED MEGAMAN
WAS CREATED.
DR. LIGHT CREATED MEGAMAN
TO STOP THE EVIL DESIRES
OF DR. WILY.
HOWEVER, AFTER HIS DEFEAT,
DR. WILY CREATED EIGHT
OF HIS OWN ROBOTS
TO COUNTER MEGAMAN.
When the game starts, have the boss team order Dr. Wily to "Hold" at
an out-of-the way position. The fighting doesn't start until later.
Have Megaman grab and use only the Mauler, and have the bosses grab
and use only their designated weapon (e.g. Air Man grabs & uses just
the Cyclone). The only way Megaman can use other guns is to kill a
boss; then he can add the dead boss's gun to his collection. The
bosses should disperse until they are evenly spread out on radar and
until no two bosses are in the same room. Then the bosses wait for
Megaman to run into their rooms. This creates a setup where the rooms
the bosses guard are their "worlds" and Megaman has to enter the
bosses' worlds and defeat them to acquire their guns. No one uses
fists (with the exception of Hard Man) throughout the fight. A boss
who dies doesn't press start, he just gets one chance to kill Megaman.
If Megaman runs into Dr. Wily before defeating all of the bosses, then
he should leave and beat all the bosses first.
The score limit of 4 means that Megaman has to kill 3 different bosses
(different because the bosses don't respawn) and 1 Dr. Wily to win. It
also means Megaman has 4 lives, then it's game over. Megaman gets an
"extra life" if a boss suicides. Some boss selections (Gemini Man,
Hard Man, Shadow Man) are easier to defeat than others (Air Man,
Crash Man, Magnet Man). If Megaman suicides, then he must kill Dr.
Wily an extra time. Collecting Energy Tanks (shields) is necessary for
Megaman's survival, but watch out for bosses who might be guarding
them. Megaman gets a health handicap to show that he is tougher than
Dr. Wily's evil robots.
The Urban Legend of Zelda
Scenario: Hold the Briefcase
Arena: Any, except for Temple
Weapons: Laser, Phoenix, Grenade, CMP150, Shield, Crossbow
People/Simulants:
Link PerfectSim (Jonathan head, DataDyne Trooper body)
Joanna Dark PerfectSim (Joanna Dark head, Joanna Combat Body)
Ganon KazeSim difficulty Hard/Perfect (Guy baring teeth head, Datadyne
Infantry body)
3-4 Ganon's Underlings PreySims difficulty Normal/Hard (DataDyne Shock
Trooper head, NSA Bodyguard body)
Recommended Soundtrack: Skedar Mystery
Notes: The Ocarina of Time has sent Link to retrieve the Triforce,
which has slipped through a tear in time's fabric and is now in the
far future. Hyrule has become a sprawling megalopolis called "Chicago"
where swords 'n' sorcery have been replaced by guns 'n' ammo. But the
vile Ganon has ridden Link's timestream and is now prowling Chicago in
search of the Triforce. It is up to Link and the youngest living
descendant of Zelda, Joanna Dark, to find the Triforce before Ganon
does and return to the past. The Laser is like the Master Sword; it
has both long range and short range attacks. The Phoenix is like the
Fire Wand. The Grenade is like one of Link's Bombs. The CMP150 is
included because it locks onto enemies just like Z Targeting in Zelda
64. The Crossbow is like Link's trusty bow and silver arrows, while
the Shield is a super hi-tech update of Link's Mirror Shield.
Shaft
Scenario: King of the Hill
Arena: Sewers, Warehouse, Car Park
Weapons: Falcon 2, Falcon 2, DV357 Magnum, CMP150, Shotgun
People:
Samuel L. Jackson's Shaft (black man with bald spot head, FBI Agent
body)
Richard Roundtree's Shaft (President head, CIA Agent body)
Cobra Crime Boss (Any head, Trent Easton body)
Shark Crime Boss (Any head, DataDyne Security body)
Simulants:
3 Cobra Gangsta EasySims (Any head, Overalls body)
3 Shark Gangsta EasySims (Any head, NSA Lackey body)
Hill Options: 20 seconds/point
Teams: the Sharks vs. the Cobras vs. the Shafts
Recommended Soundtrack: G5 Building
Notes: Shaft has had his hands full taking on the Cobras; the Sharks'
arrival just gave Shaft an armload. Both gangs are fighting to control
more territory, but Shaft and Uncle John are here to make sure no one
controls this part of town except one bad mother-
Shut yo mouth.
But I'm talkin bout Shaft-
And we can dig it.
Hit Squad Frag Tag
Scenario: Combat
Arena: Any medium/large level
Weapons: Any, except explosives
Simulants:
8 Hit Squad Goon Meat/EasySims
Time Limit: 10 min.
Teams: Everyone, including the Sims, is on the same team.
Notes: Have Player 1 be the captain of the Hit Squad (the 8 Sims). He
orders the Hit Squad to Protect, then when they have all arrived, he
orders the Hit Squad to Attack players and follows the Squad around
until he is killed by a player. Then Player 2 gets to be captain and
he orders the Squad to Protect him, then Attack other players. If he
dies, Player 3 is captain, and so on. Repeat this cycle for the
duration of the game. Whichever player gets the most kills wins. By
the way, if you're captain you can't kill your own Hit Squad.
Things are much easier for non-captains if One Hit Kills is activated;
this makes everyone rely on ambushing and sniping tactics.
The Great Mummy's Tomb
Scenario: Hold the Briefcase
Arena: Temple
Weapons: Falcon 2, Laptop Gun (Poison Dart Trap), Proximity Mine (Fire
Trap), Combat Knife
People:
Explorer (Any head, Area 51 Trooper body)
Female Explorer (Joanna Arctic head and body)
Expedition Leader (Carrington Evening Wear head and body)
Great Mummy (Biotechnician head, Mr. Blonde body)
Simulants:
2 Mummy FistSims difficulty Normal (Biotechnician head, Alaskan Guard
body)
1 Explorer Dummy FistSim difficulty Easy (Orange Helmet head, Overalls
body)
Teams: Mummies vs. Explorers
Limits: Time Limit None, Score Limit 1
Options: One Hit Kills, No Radar
Recommended Soundtrack: Skedar Mystery or Deep Sea
Notes: The explorers have arrived at an ancient tomb, and the treasure
awaits them - if they survive the tomb's defenses. Due to a mystical
scarab amulet, each explorer gets 2 lives to find the treasure and can
only use 1 Combat Knife and 10 Falcon 2 bullets per life.
If the treasure (the briefcase) appears next to the explorers or in a
wide open space when the scenario begins, just start over. If not, the
explorers should go find 1 Combat Knife and 1 Falcon 2, then wait. Have
all players order their Simulants to "Hold," then the explorers look
away while the Great Mummy determines the location of the treasure.
After this, the Great Mummy sets various traps near the treasure
(without picking it up), using 20 Fire Traps (Proximity Mines) and 1
Poison Dart Trap (Laptop Sentry Gun). The Great Mummy also uses the
two mummies as traps by ordering them to Hold at locations leading to
the treasure, or by sending them to Attack and terrorize the
explorers. The Great Mummy may only use Combat Knifes in normal combat.
Great Mummy: Some trap ideas include crouching and throwing knives on
top of the explorers' heads from the window overlooking the large room,
and having the mummies protect rooms that are very small so they can
easily ambush unsuspecting explorers without getting shot. Another
mean trick with mummies is to watch the explorer's screens, and if
they are close to your mummies you can order them to Attack. Having
them Attack all the time doesn't work because the mummies hit your
traps and the explorers waste 'em real easily. You can't make your
mummies attack their Dummy, that's cheap. Placing Fire Traps on
columns, over doorways, and around corners is good and surprising
(just make sure your mummies don't run into them) and the Poison Dart
Trap is especially deadly. It should be used in a large room with
little or no cover, or next to the treasure in the event that an
explorer respawns next to it. Whatever you do, don't place both traps
next to each other. They don't mix.
Explorer: Your most vital tool is the Explorer Dummy. With it you can
deactivate any room filled with Fire Traps safely. However, your Dummy
only gets to respawn twice. After that, you have to order it to Hold
at one location and leave it. Therefore, use it sparingly. When the
Dummy dies it will come back to you if its last order was to Protect
and if it doesn't hit any traps along the way. You can give Dummies
any order except Get Case and Attack (they're Dummies, not bloodhounds
or attack dogs). Shooting Fire Traps detonates them safely, but with
One Hit Kills on you should stay as far away from the blast as
possible. Also be wary of possible chain reactions that could light up
the whole room as a result of triggering one trap. If you're low on
bullets you can always trigger a Fire Trap with a well-placed knife,
just remember that you have to go and pick the knife back up (you only
get 1). Be wary, brave explorers, for mere bullets cannot kill a
mummy and it will soon reappear after being shot. Mummies can jump you
the moment you enter a room, so have someone in the group watching
everyone's back. Also watch the Great Mummy's screen to see if he
changes the mummies' orders. That Poison Dart Trap really sucks. If
you know where it is, try to peek around a corner and peg it. It takes
3 bullets.
FUN WITH CRATES
Crate Pong
Scenario: Combat
Arena: Warehouse
Weapons: SuperDragons in top 3 slots
People: 2 Players
Active Cheats: Infinite Ammo, Super Shield
Limits: None
Notes: Both players grab SuperDragons, then go to the HoverCrate room.
Grab and move the crate to the middle of the room (I'll refer to this
as "centering the crate"). Player 1's territory is the half of the room
with the two discolored crates, and Player 2's territory is the other
half of the room. Each player uses the SuperDragon's grenades to bounce
the HoverCrate into the opponent's No Blast Zone to score goal points.
So if Player 1 bounces the crate into Player 2's Zone, Player 1 scores
a goal point. The first player to 15 goal points wins.
Each player's territory has a No Blast Zone. The Zone goes from left to
right and from the player's back wall to the column next to the back
wall. Anyone who lands a grenade in a No Blast Zone or steps out of
his territory gives his opponent a penalty shot. If the crate gets
stuck or leaves the room, stop shooting and center it.
Here's how the penalty shot works: Center the crate. The defender stays
in his Zone and must switch to Unarmed. The shooter can go anywhere and
must switch to bullets instead of grenades. The shooter gets 30 bullets
to try to shoot the crate past the defender into the Zone for 1 point.
If the shooter empties the clip, kills the defender, or scores, then
center the crate and resume normal play.
Say you die. In that case, everyone waits. Press Start, and if your
screen says "Killed by. . ." you get a penalty shot when you get back.
But if your screen says "Suicide Count. . ." your opponent has a chance
to score goal points. If he can grab the crate and put it his No Blast
Zone, then in your Zone 3 times before you arrive armed, he gets a goal
point. Say you both die. Both players just grab guns and walk back to
the room if this happens, regardless of who shot who. Then center the
crate and resume. For variety you can try Crate Pong in different
rooms with different Zones.
Crate Hockey
Scenario: Combat
Arena: Warehouse
Weapons: All K7 Avengers
People: 4 Players
Active Cheats: Infinite Ammo, Jo Shield
Limits: None
Teams: Players 1 & 2 vs. 3 & 4
Notes: The K7s are used in this game because the clip empties quickly
and stray bullets from this gun cause major damage.
To begin, everyone grabs a gun, then heads for the HoverCrate room. In
this game there are Zones, penalty shots, and the same scoring method
as in Crate Pong, but there are some differences.
Players 1 and 3 are the Goalies. This means that they must stay in
their No Blast Zones. Players 2 and 4 are the Centers; they can go
anywhere except Zones. Violating either of these boundaries results in
a penalty shot. If the crate goes out of the room the game halts while
the crate is centered, then the game resumes.
In this game, no one can grab the crate with B during normal play.
Doing so calls for a penalty shot.
Anyone who kills one of his opponents gives away a penalty shot.
If you kill your teammate, the action does not stop and you have to
play things out until your teammate arrives. If it's obvious that
you're shooting your teammate to within an inch of his life for easy
penalty shots then your opponents get 5 goal points as a result.
The game is over at 25 goal points.
Try this scenario with other automatic weapons and the Shotgun to
change game strategy.
Porcupine's Crate
Scenario: Combat
Arena: Warehouse
Weapons: Crossbow Instant Kill mode ONLY
People: 3 or 4 Players
Options: Pick-Up Highlights
Active Cheat: Invincible
Time Limit: 2-5 min.
Notes: Everyone runs to the room with the HoverCrate, and the whole
scenario takes place in this room. You can select a different room as
long as you keep things in a confined space. Player 1 starts as
"Porcupine", and Players 2 & 3 are "Left Shooter" and "Right Shooter",
respectively. Porcupine uses B to grab the crate on the side with the
yellow and black stuff on it (he can never let go of the crate). The
side on Porcupine's right is Right Shooter's side, and the side on
Porcupine's left is Left Shooter's side. At the end of the game, if
Left Shooter has shot more bolts into the left side of the crate than
Right Shooter shot into the right side, Left Shooter wins, and vice
versa. However, if Porcupine has more bolts IN HIS BODY than in the
prickliest side of the crate, he wins! So Porcupine has to do his best
to try to get himself shot as much as possible for 2-5 minutes. You can
add another player to this game by making the side of the crate
directly opposite Porcupine belong to the "Middle Shooter".
To make it harder for everybody you can use Combat Knives instead of
Crossbows. Also try Slow Motion for a watch-other's-screens strategy
game or Fast Movement for utter anarchy.
Submitted by Bisc:
Name: Slaughterhouse IV
Weapons.
1* Laptop Gun
2* RCP-105
3* Dragon
4* KF7 Avenger
5* CMP101
6* Sheild
Arena: Complex (Not to big, not to small)
Settings:
*2 teams. (Either you and sim or you and player.) vs Sim Team (of 7 or
8 meat sims.)
*Time Limit: 10 mins
On the teams you have you and either a sim or another human player.
For the first time you play put the Sim on Normal that way you're about
even. It's you and your "partner" vs. a full load of meat sims. Your
goal is to kill more sims than your partner in 10 mins, or 20. Do not
kill your partner to get ahead, that's lame. It's absolute killing
madness, put it on 1-Shot kills though and you die a lot as well.
Name: Paranoia - The Return.
Weapons: All Laptop Guns.
Score Limit: 50
Players: 8 (Hard Sims or Humans)
Level: Felicity (It's SMALL)
One shot kills
I'm serious, when you respawn, you die. Simple, there's no skill. And
if you remember the spawn spots life is hard especially with the sentry
and one shot kills.
Submitted by REwesker:
The World Is Not Enough
Scenario-Combat
Options-?
Arena-Villa
Weapons-
1,2: Falcon 2
3: Falcon 2 (scope)
4: SuperDragon
5: SuperDragon
6: K7 Avenger
Sims-
1: Renard - Perfect KazeSim. Non Air Force One pilot with Mr. Blonde's
head
2: Electra - Normal VengeSim. Joanna Party Frock with Jo head
3: Valentine - NormalSim. Carrington Evening Wear with guy with kinda
fat face with brown hair and goatee.
4: Christmas - NormalSim. Velvet Dark head with Joanna Negotiator
body
5: M - Easy CowardSim. Old blonde head (not Cassandra) With the Red
dress (not party frock)
6,7,8: Guards- EasySims. Any guy heads with blue and black shocktrooper
bodies.
Teams-
1,2,6,7,8=Terrorists
you,3,4,5=007
Your team kills the terrorists basically. And try to protect M.
Suprisingly fun and addictive!
The Rock (the movie)
Scenario-Combat
Arena-Skedar
Options- none (If your playing with a human as a Terrorists make them
turn off their radar, I think you can do that in player options.)
Soundtrack-Palegic II X
Weapons-
1: Falcon 2
2: Falcon 2
3: CMP150
4: CMP150
5: K7 Avenger
6: Tranquilizer
Sims or Human-
1: Frank(Terrorist) PerfectSim - A kinda old face not grey and Black
body with white stripes in front
2: Frank's Friend HardSim -vA younger face with Frank's body
3: Merc1 NormalSim - Face with one dark eye and Mr. Blonde's body
4: Merc2 NormalSim - Young Black guy with Mr. Blonde's body
5: Goodguy Normsim - Green and black DD suit with young Chinese face
6: John Mason(sean connery) - HardSim same body as the chinese guy and
Old guy head (Grey hair)
Teams
1-4:Bad
5,6 and you:Good
You can be on either team. Have fun
Disgruntled (not sure if that will fit my old name sucked)
Bunch of people running around killing eachother. A lot more fun than
it sounds.
1-4 human players
Difficulty: Up to you
Combat
Options:
no radar
Arena:
Up to you (I use temple, but i just like that level)
weapons:
1: Falcon 2
2: AR34
3: any automatic (not futuristic)
4: DY357 Magnum
5: Shotgun
6: Shotgun
Limits:
15 minutes
20 kills
whatever
Handicap: Any Human 253%
Simulants:
8 of them any difficulty. Make sure they dress like civillians so they
look like disgruntled post officers.
Goldeneye
Scenario: Combat
Arena: Any (My favorite is Temple but Felicity is Ok)
Default options
Weapons:
Falcon 2
Falcon 2
CMP150
DY357 Magnum
Shotgun
Silenced Falcon 2
Simulants
(The following can Either be human or Sims)
006 - (Perfect VengeSim) Guy with scratched face and black shock
trooper body
Xenia - (Hard PreySim) Any of Cassandra's body guards
* Ouromov - (NormSim) Good Brown body (cant remember) Old head
* Boris - (Normal CowardSim) Look through and you will see a head that
looks like boris minus the glasses. I use Trent's Body.
* Natalia - (NormalSim) I have been using the Velvet Dark head but I
guess you could also use Jo's head. Cassandras body works O.K
*= optional
Teams
006, Xenia, Orumov, Boris=Brown
You, Natalia=Blue
BOND WAR
The James Bond actors in an all outwar to see who really is the best
Bond
1-4 human players (All dinner jackets with bond looking heads)
above average
Combat
No radar
Any large arena (Temple is my favorite)
weapons:
1:Falcon 2
2:Falcon 2 silenced
3:Magnum
4:CMP150
5:Proxy
6:Magsec4
Limits:
15 minutes
15 kills
no teams
no handicap
Sims:
any number of sims to get you to 4 players
All dinner jackets (make Sean Connery have a white one and a good
Brosnan head is Trent)
Make all of them NormalSims except Connery. He should be hard+ with an
old guy head)
Resident Evil
COMBAT
Arena: Car Park
Options: No radar
Limits: 15 kills
15 minutes
20 team kills
Weapons:
Falcon 2
Falcon 2
Shotgun
Shotgun
DY357 Magnum
DY357 Magnum
No Handicap
Simulants:
1: (Leon) NormalSim. Guy with hair parted down the middle. Any Blue
cop looking clothes.
2: (Claire) NormalSim. Joanna head with girl body with red and black
3: (William) HardSim. Any guy head. Scientist body
4: (Hunk) NormalSim. Black mask and black body
5: (zombie) Normal FistSim. Scientist body head that looks mad with
mouth open.
6: (Brian Irons) NormalSim. Carrington body. with whatever head
Teams:
You,any friend/claire,leon=blue
william=yellow
hunk=brown
zombie=red
Brian=orange
Rainbow Six
Scenario-Combat
Arena-Any large one (Temple is my favorite)
Options- One hit Kills, No radar
Weapons- Any non futuristic pistol, No automatics!
Limits-Time-20/Kills-50/Team Kills-150
Sims-
Terrorists: 3 NormalSims, Shock troopers with black body
Hostages: 3 Easy pThe world is not enough
Scenario-combat
Options-?
Arena-Villa
Weapons-
1,2:Falcon2
3:Falcon2 (s)
4:Superdragon
5:Superdragon
6:K7 avenger
Sims-
1:Renard-Pefect Kazesim. Non airforce one pilot with mr. blonde's head
2:Electra-normal vengesim. joahna Party frock with jo head
3:Valentine-normalsim. Carrington evening wear with guy with kinda fat
face with brown hair and gote.
4:Christmas-normalsim. Velvet dark head with joahna negotiator body
5:M-easy cowardsim. Old blonde head (not cassandra) With the Red dress
(not party frock)
6,7,8:Guards- Easysims. Any guy heads with blue and black shocktrooper
bodies.
Teams-
1,2,6,7,8=Terrorists
you,3,4,5=007
Your team kills the terrorist basicly. And try to protect M.
Suprisingly fun and addictive!
Abducted -
Combat
Default options
Arena: Area 52 or Skedar
Weapons:
Shotgun
Shotgun
Shotgun
Callisto NTG
Mauler
Tranquilizer
Sims:
1,2,3,4,5,6/Easy sims\=Guard from Paleigic II any male head exept mr
Blonde
(Farmers)
7/Darkvengesim\=Guard from Paleigic II mr Blonde head (disguised Skedar)
8/Hardsim\=Elvis
You + friends=Mayins(sp?)
teams:1,2,3,4,5,6,7=Red
You+8+friends=Blue
Story: Protector 1 you have succesfully abducted 7 stupid farmers like
we have asked, good job. However you morons forgot to remove their
weapons. Now they are running around lose with their Shotguns or even
our state of the art artilliry blasting up the place. This isn't even
the half of it one of the Farmers is a disguised Skedar beware. Your
mission Kill or be killed. Good Luck, you will need it!
---------------------------------------------------------------
Resident evil : Code Veronica (RE:CV)
Scenario-Combat
options-no radar
Arena-CAR PARK
Weapons-Falcon2,Falcon2,Magnum,Magnum,Shotgun,Shotgun
Limit-Whatever you want
Sims-
1:Claire-normalsim\Joahna Negotiator
2:Chris-normalsim\Green shocktrooper suit with any young guy head.
3:Wesker-Perfectspeedsim\Mr blonde head with black shock body.
4:Alfred ashford-hardkazesim\Wussy guy head with trents suit
5:Alexia ashford-normalsim\Party frock with velvet dark head
6:Zombie-easyfistsim\Scientist body with angry head
7:same as 6
8:same as 6 or:Tyrant-Darkfistsim\Mr. Blonde body and a messed up short
haired guy head
TEAMS:1+2+you=blue
3=yellow
4+5+Tyrant+zombies=Red
Brief Story: Alexia and Alfred Ashford are insane siblings trying too
take over the world. Careful Theye are not dangerous but there
creations are. Wesker is working for a secret company. His mission is
too destroy Alexia and anyone/thing in his way. Your mission chris
clair and (you) is too eliminate all evil including humans. Wesker is
now a super human being thanks too his company, Beware!
Thes were submitted by Crash:
This multiplayer game is the best and relies on how good your are with
the SLAYER!!
-Combat
Limit:
- unlimited time
- unlimited team
- 30/50 kill limit
Level:
- Villa
- Temple
Weapon:
- Custom: All Slayers1!!
Sims: none
Teams: Disabled
Players:1-4
another fun one:
-combat
limit:
-no time limit
-no team limit
-20/30 kills
level:
-Complex
Weapons:
-Custom: All Grenades
Sims: none
Teams:none / 2 on 2
Players:1-4
A whole new game setup by SilverWolf
This one is pretty cool.
Interceptor.
2-4 players no sims, stopwatch
What you do is play the skedar level with the slayer and any other
weapons you want. No other explosives though. Then one person stands
in the sand room and the other three players shoot slayers at him he
trys to blow up the missles before they hit. The person who hits him
gets to go up in the room. Time yourselves and have a preset time
limit. The person to stay in the room the longest total amount of time
wins! It's hard but Fun! Try it out.
A wacky one sent in by UltimateTrainer2000:
EAT MEET!!!!
Scenario: Combat
Arena: Any arena
Weapons: Your favorites.
Simulants:1)Meat Sim 2)Normal/Easy Sim3)4)5)6)7)8)All same as above.
Make sure all simulants look EXACTLY the same.
Limits: Time: 10, or 15 minutes.
Player Score: Unlimited
Special Winning Conditions: The game won't pick this kind of win up.
You have to check all the players stats at the end of the match.
Whoever killed the Meatsim the most, WINS! In other words you ate the
most meat. IMPORTANT NOTE: Make sure all the sims look EXACTLY the
same. If they aren't you'd be able to tell who's the meat. If they look
the same you can't tell,and you'll need luck to kill him/her. For added
fun, make all you friends(and you) look exactly like the simulants.
THAT CAN REALLY CONFUSE YOU!!!!!
A scenario and a variation on the Walking Bomb thing from ?_?
Resident Evil: Umbrella wants it's mommy
Name: Umbrella
Sceanario: Hill
Options:
Mobile Hill: Off
Time: 60 sec a point
Arena: Warehouse
Weapons;
1. Superdragon
2. Superdragon
3. Superdragon
4. Devastator
5. Devastator
6. (it doesn't matter in the warehouse, there is no 6)
(note: you can change the dragons and devastators to different
weapons, like all AR-34's for a wayyyyy more challenging
situation)
Limits:
Time: none
Score: none
Team score :5-10
Handicaps: 200, for soldiers, 100 for scientist
Sims: 7 meat fist sims (zombies)dressed as civilians with the ugliest
heads you can find
(you can make them harder but you will get disarmed a hell of a lot)
1 dark Fist sim (Tyrant, or Nemesis, whichever makes you happy) with
Mr. Blonde body and any head
Players:
Player 1-3: G5 Swat body, choice of head
Player 4 (use your best player): Scientist body, choice of head
Teams: Humans vs. Simulants
Story:
"Capatin!" 2 soldiers come running in "What is it?" says the Capatin,
"Ohhh, i'm gonna die..." the Capatin glares at the whimpering scientist
in the corner, 1 soldier speaks to the Captain "We're being overrun!
We have to escape, theres no one left!"
Your mission is to get to the desiganted extraction point and defend it
until help arrives, you also must defend the weaker scientist.
Walking Bomb.
Scenario: Combat
Options: Normal
Arena: Random
Weapons: 4 remote mines and 2 falcon 2's
limits: No time limit
Score: 10
Player handicaps: None
Simulants: 2-4 dark fist sims
Teams: 1 player and 1 dark sim per team
How to play: Have each team order their darksim to protect, until each
gets 10 remote mines and their fill of Falcon 2. After that is done,
have each player take a different part of the map where the remote
mines appear. Have each player load up their darksim with mines and
order it to attack a certain player. This is the only way to kill each
other and you use the falcon 2's to defend yourself, you are not
allowed to use mines on sims. This is most fun with 4 people beacause
you may have to deal with 3 sims at once.
One from Smithbrady...
Name: Gang War
Scenario: Combat
Arena: Car Park
Weapons:Falcon 2
Superdragon
AR34
Shotgun
Grenade
DY357 Magnum
Limit: Whatever you want it to be, but make it high (Team Limit)
Sims:TEAM 1
PLAYER: Trents body, scar face
Hardsim: DD Swat, mean face
Hardvengesim:DD Shock, cass bodyguard face
Hardsim: DD Swat, mean face
TEAM 2
Perfectsim: Mr. Blonde body, Mean face
Hardfeudsim: CIA coat: Mean face
Hardsim: Jo trench coat: woman with black specs face
Hardsim: Cia Coat: Mean face
Welcome to futuristic gang war! Name the gangs whatever you want (I
prefer the sharps and the coats). If you change the costumes and dont
like team colours on, then make sure you keep the gangs distinctive.
This one can get VERY crazy! Enjoy!
From Az_Za:
Agoraphobic
Scenario:Combat
Level:Warehouse
Weapons: Any, mainly simple ones, no explosives, guns like cmp150's,
Magsecs etc. Have to have 5th gun as Farsight, and i like to have
laptop gun set up in there aswell
Options; I keep default but you may obviously change. Need radar though
for farsight
Limits: Any time (I usually have 10) no limits on others
Sims:Atleast 2 for enemies, difficulty varying on your skill, and more
if u like on your team.
Teams: You and friends (may like a sim on your team if without friends,
or can play byself) vs. Team of other sims.
Aim of da Game: I set up this level not just to get my personal kills
up, or just to improve my farsight accuracy, but also to help any
friends who haven't played before. Let them roam around killing people,
whilst you climb up the 2 ladders in the main room, and through the
small vent, and crawl through to the room with the hole in the floor.
here you will find a farsight and orbs (note, like i said, must have
farsight on 5th weapon) and from now on you may never have to leave
this room. Now using all your farsight skils, you need to pick off
the opposing sims. This is where it helps friends who are new players,
as you can pick off sims who are about to kill them, and give them the
credit. But friends or not, I try everytime to improve my farsight
scores. With 2 normal sims in 10 minutes by myself, my record is 76,
but I can easily beat this and I haven't done it much. So, rather than
just going on the target range, this is a much more fun way to improve
your farsight skills, and compete to get higher scores. this is a great
competition to have
Tip: the reason I use the laptop is to set up on sentry outside the
vents just incase anyone wants to sneak up and kill me.
*****************************************************************
D. Weapon Setups and Unlocking
There are weird things about unlocking weapons. Finding weapons in the
Solo missions will put them in Multiplayer, but thereís also the
Challenge-related system if you donít want to do it that way...
Available from the start: Falcon 2, CMP150, Sniper Rifle, DY357 Magnum,
Dragon, Combat Knife, Cyclone, Rocket Launcher, MagSec 4, Timed Mine,
and AR34.
After 1 Challenge: Farsight XR-20, Grenade
After 2: Shotgun
After 3: Falcon 2 (silenced)
After 4: SuperDragon
After 5: Laptop Gun
After 6: Remote Mine
After 7: Tranquilizer
After 8: Falcon 2 (scope)
After 9: Reaper
After 10: Cloaking Device
After 11: Devastator
After 12: Proximity Mine
After 13: Slayer
After 14: Phoenix
After 15: Combat Boost
After 16: Mauler
After 17: Callisto NTG
After 18: Crossbow
After 19: RC-P120
After 20: DY357-LX
After 21: N-Bomb
After All 30: Laser, X-Ray Scanner (because they donít show up in the
Challenges)
Now, there are Weapon Presets if you donít want to have to customize
weapons all yourself. There are quite a few, actually, much more than
Goldeneye. Basically, six slots are available to be filled with
weapons of your choice, including nothing, shields, or duplicates. You
can fill a whole arena with Shields, leave it empty, or have all one
weapon!
Position number determines where in an arena a weapon will show up.
This can be more than one individual spot. For instance, Position 2 in
Complex puts the weapon in the dead-end area up the stairs in one
corner, and also puts it on the overlook over the double walkway area.
Position 6 puts a weapon in the small pillar room. Ammo, of course, is
never too far off.
Here are the weapon presets and what they give you. The weapons are in
order of position number. If thereís only five, then Position 6 is
disabled.
Note: These presets will be different, and some wonít be available, if
some weapons have not been unlocked yet. Iíve included the weapons
that are available if all the weapons have been discovered.
Pistols: Falcon 2, MagSec 4, Phoenix, Mauler, Shield
Automatics: Falcon 2, CMP150, Laptop Gun, AR34, Shield
Power: MagSec, Magnum DY357, Shotgun, RC-P120, Shield
Farsight: Phoenix, Cyclone, Callisto NTG, Farsight XR-20, Shield
Tranquilizer: Falcon 2, CMP150, Dragon, Tranquilizer, Shield
Heavy: Mauler, K7 Avenger, Reaper, SuperDragon, Shield
Golden Magnum: Falcon 2, Grenade, CMP150, DY357-LX, Shield
Explosive: Devastator, Devastator, SuperDragon, SuperDragon, Shield
Grenade Launcher: MagSec 4, CMP150, AR34, Devastator, Shield
Rocket Launcher: Mauler, Cyclone, Dragon, Rocket Launcher, Shield
Proximity Mine: MagSec 4, Laptop Gun, K7 Avenger, Proximity Mine, Shield
Close Combat: Combat Knife, Combat Knife, Timed Mine, Crossbow, Shield
*****************************************************************
E. Simulants
This is really what makes Perfect Dark excellent. The options for AI
in the game are just amazing. You can adjust number, difficulty, and
special personality of the Simulants in the Multiplayer games. The
number of Sims can be anywhere between 1 and 8.
Simulant Difficulties:
MeatSim: This guyís really, really bad. Heís totally oblivious to your
movements unless you walk right in front of him, and he doesnít look
around too much. He doesnít have any idea how to use the radar, nor
does he know where weapons are. If he sees you, odds are, heíll take a
second or two before getting off some poorly-aimed shots.
Real person equivalent: Your dog.
EasySim: Heís got some basic combat skills. He knows how to move
around an arena, and can get off some shots as he sees you, but the
aimís still not very good, and he doesnít hunt very well at all.
Real person equivalent: Your rheumatic grandmother or three-year-old
cousin.
NormalSim: Heís pretty basic. He definitely knows his way around, and
knows what weapons are where. Usually, though, heís obsessed with
getting a good weapon, and doesnít use each weapon to its full
potential. His aimís decent, and heíll sometimes go on hunts, but
heíll mostly be defending himself. Nothing to toy with, though.
Real person equivalent: Average person off the street, or your younger
sibling of a few years.
HardSim: Complete 4 Challenges. This guy knows what heís doing. Heíll
use weapons well, use the radar to sniff you out, and has great
knowledge of the arena. Donít be caught with your guard down near this
guy or you probably wonít get back up.
Real person equivalent: Seasoned video game veteran, probably played
Goldeneye more than once in his life.
PerfectSim: Complete 9 Challenges. Oh, heís good. Real good. He has
complete knowledge of the arena and weapons, and knows how to use both
against you with vicious effectiveness. Heíll often open fire as soon
as you get in his line of sight, and wonít let up until youíre dead.
Real person equivalent: Esteemed veteran of Perfect Dark.
DarkSim: Complete 21 Challenges. Youíre already dead. Heíll head for
powerful weapons without hesitation. Once he has what he needs, heíll
home in on your exact position and open up as soon as he sees the
whites of your eyes. Thereís no sneaking up on him, and little hope
outsmarting him. Youíll just have to rely on your luck and strategy to
get you through. He can be beat.
Real person equivalent: There really is no one this consistently good...
Special Personalities:
Note: All of the following can be assigned the above mentioned
difficulties as well. You can have a Perfect PeaceSim, or a Meat
ShieldSim, for example...
PeaceSim: This wimp does not like violence one bit, and heíll try to
express his non-violent tendencies on you by running around and
grabbing all the guns. He usually wonít defend himself, but he might
try to Disarm you to remove your gun. Kinda annoying, really.
ShieldSim: He goes immediately for any Shields in the area. If he
takes damage, heíll take off right away to get another one. Cowardly,
eh?
RocketSim: Not one of the cowardly ones, this Simís favorite song is
"Things That Make You Go Boom". Heíll go for any weapons that are
explosive, or can be explosive in some way. Watch out for his Dragon
Bombs.
KazeSim: This oneís not at all afraid to get hurt if it means he can
hurt the other guy. Heíll willingly walk through hails of bullets and
drink in explosions if it means he can get a hit in. Has the potential
to be very dangerous, or a very easy kill, if you're lucky.
FistSim: Like the PeaceSim, this guy will run around collecting guns,
and will try to Disarm you. He wonít back down from a punching match
though, and will be quick to try to score a TKO on you.
PreySim: Definitely one of the more unscrupulous types, this Sim likes
Cloaking Devices and will go for the opponents that are weak or have
weak weapons first. Watch out for him if youíre seriously hurt.
CowardSim: This guy also goes for easy targets, but completely shuns
anything else. Unless heís sure heís gonna win, he wonít go near a
confrontation. Donít worry too much about him.
FeudSim: An interesting, and definitely annoying Sim, if youíre on his
bad side. This Sim has his sights set on one specific player in the
game and will do whatever it takes to off him/her. Heíll pursue that
one person throughout the entire match, regardless of that person's
standings.
SpeedSim: This guyís much faster than a normal human. Heís agile and
can easily outpace you. Donít try to run from him.
TurtleSim: He makes up for his lack of speed with a shield thatís
double the power of a normal one. Heíll take what you can dish and ask
for more.
VengeSim: This guyís mad about something. Heíll always put everyone
else second in an attempt to take down the last guy who killed him. Be
on your guard, and only peg him if youíre sure you have the ammo to peg
him again.
JudgeSim: What? A Sim with a sense of decency? No way! Itís true.
To try to keep things even, the JudgeSim will always go for the guy
whoís in the lead. If you like playing your games by getting way
ahead, stay sharp for this guy.
Simulant Orders:
When you have Simulants on your team, you can issue orders to them. To
do this, hold A and tap Z twice once the menu comes up. You'll be able
to issue orders to the first Sim on your team. Tapping Z again will
allow you go to the next Sim on your team, and so on. Holding R will
issue orders to all the Sims on your team. You'll have a variety of
orders to choose from. Some will only be available on certain
scenarios.
Normal: Simulant will act in a normal fashion. It'll hunt out weapons,
and track any enemies it encounters to the best of its ability.
Attack: You have another choice after you choose this, because Attack
will allow you to specify a target for your Sim. Pick the respective
enemy you want your Sim to attack and it'll make that enemy its first
priority, dealing with others as its AI allows...
Follow: Simulant will stay with the person who issued the order, but
will go off and attack an enemy that crosses its path.
Protect: Simulant will stay with the person who issued the order, no
matter what.
Defend: Simulant won't attack unless directly threatened.
Hold: Simulant will move to where you issued the order and defend the
spot with its life.
Get Case (HtB, CtC) - Simulant will head straight for the case. If the
scenario is Capture the Case, Simulant will make a beeline for the base
after it gets the case. If the scenario is Hold the Briefcase,
Simulant will also attack the holder of the case, if that person's not
on the Simulant's team.
Save Case (CtC) - Simulant will stand on the base and guard the case.
If the case is held by an enemy, Simulant will aggressively attack it.
Download (HC) - All-purpose HC command. If the Data Uplink is open,
Simulant will head for it, and then go for the PC. If the Data Uplink
is held by an enemy, Simulant will aggressively attack it.
Pop Cap (PaC) - Simulant will attack player that is "It", if that
person's not on the Simulant's team.
Def Hill (KotH) - Simulant will head to the hill, and will attack
anyone that comes in range of the hill, even if it means leaving it.
Hold Hill (KotH) - Simulant will head and stand on the hill. It will
defend the hill viciously, but will not chase enemies...
*****************************************************************
*****************************************************************
9. Challenges
This is where you show the system how tough you really are. There are
30 Challenges available, with only four unbeaten Challenges allowed on
the screen. In other words, you start with four, and beating any
Challenge unlocks a new one down the line.
Notes: Thanks to ChewyLS, I now have conclusive proof of each Sim's
difficulty, so that's cool.
Numbers next to the Challenge No. are players Iíve beaten this
challenge with. Yes. Most of them are one. Points are in order of
number of players. Obviously, youíll have to do more killing with more
players, to even out the challenge.
Iíll post help on Challenges as requested, or if thereís a neat trick
to use, or if itís really hard. Otherwise, youíre on your own.
Abbreviations - (M)eat, (E)asy, (N)ormal, (H)ard, (P)erfect, (D)ark.
Challenge 1: 1, 3
Scenario: Combat
Limits: 10 Minutes, 4, 8, 10, or 12 points.
Arena: Skedar
Weapons: Falcon 2, CMP150, Sniper Rifle, DY357 Magnum, Dragon
Opposition:
1 or 2 Players: 1 ShockSim (M)
3 or 4 Players: 1 ShockSim (M), 1 GuardSim (M)
Challenge 2: 1, 3
Scenario: Combat
Limits: 5 Minutes, 6, 12, 15, or 18 points.
Arena: Area 52
Weapons: Combat Knife, Falcon 2, Cyclone, Dragon, Rocket Launcher
Opposition:
1 Player: 1 ShockSim (M)
2 or 3 Players: 1 ShockSim (M), 1 GuardSim (M)
4 Players: 2 ShockSims (2M), 1 GuardSim (M)
Challenge 3: 1, 3
Scenario: Combat
Limits: 5 minutes, 8, 16, 20, or 24 points.
Arena: Pipes
Weapons: MagSec 4, CMP150, Timed Mine, Dragon, AR34
Opposition:
1 or 2 Players: 2 TechSims (2M)
3 Players: 3 TechSims (3M)
4 Players: 4 TechSims (4M)
Challenge 4: 1, 3
Scenario: King of the Hill
Limits: 10 minutes, 4, 8, 10, or 12 points.
Arena: Skedar
Weapons: MagSec 4, CMP150, Dragon, K7 Avenger, Shield
Opposition:
1 Player: 1 CISim (E)
2 Players: 2 CISims (E,M)
3 Players: 2 CISims (2E)
4 Players: 3 CISims (2E,M)
Challenge 5: 1, 3
Scenario: Combat
Limits: 10 minutes, 10, 20, 25, or 30 points.
Arena: Complex
Weapons: Cyclone, Grenade, AR34, Farsight XR-20, Shield
Opposition:
1 Player: 1 CassSim (E)
2 Players: 1 CassSim (E), 1 GuardSim (M)
3 Players: 1 CassSim (E), 2 GuardSims (2M)
4 Players: 1 CassSim (E), 2 GuardSims (E,M)
Challenge 6: 1, 3
Scenario: Hold the Briefcase
Limits: 10 minutes, 6 points.
Arena: Area 52
Weapons: CMP150, DY357 Magnum, Shotgun, K7 Avenger, Shield
Opposition:
1 Player: 4 WorkSims (4M)
2 Players: 4 WorkSims (4M)
3 Players: 4 WorkSims (1E,3M)
4 Players: 4 WorkSims (2E,2M)
Challenge 7: 1, 3
Scenario: King of the Hill
Limits: 10 minutes, 5, 10, 12, or 15 points.
Arena: Warehouse
Weapons: Falcon 2 (silenced), MagSec 4, Cyclone, Grenade, Shield
Opposition:
1 Player: 1 JoSim (E)
2 Players: 2 JoSims (E,M)
3 Players: 2 JoSims (2E)
4 Players: 2 JoSims (2E)
Challenge 8: 1, 3
Scenario: Capture the Case
Limits: 10 minutes, 9 points
Arena: Skedar
Weapons: MagSec 4, K7 Avenger, Shotgun, SuperDragon, Shield
Opposition:
1 Player: 1 SnipeSim (E)
2 Players: 2 SnipeSims (2E)
3 Players: 3 SnipeSims (2E,M)
4 Players: 4 SnipeSims (2E,2M)
Challenge 9: 1, 3
Scenario: Combat
Limits: 10 minutes, 10, 20, 25, or 30 points.
Arena: Ravine
Weapons: Falcon 2, DY357 Magnum, Timed Mine, Laptop Gun, Farsight XR-20
Opposition:
1 Player: 1 TrentSim (N)
2 Players: 1 TrentSim (N)
3 Players: 1 TrentSim (N), 1 NSASim (M)
4 Players: 1 TrentSim (N), 1 NSASim (E)
Challenge 10: 1, 3
Scenario: Hacker Central
Limits: 10 minutes, 3 points
Arena: Temple
Weapons: CMP150, Cyclone, Remote Mine, AR34, Shield
Opposition:
1 Player: 1 GuardSim (E)
2 Players: 1 GuardSim (N), 1 SWATSim (N)
3 Players: 2 GuardSims (N,E), 1 SWATSim (E)
4 Players: 2 GuardSims (N,E), 1 SWATSim (N)
Challenge 11: 1, 3
Scenario: King of the Hill
Limits: 10 minutes, 10, 20, 25, 30 points
Arena: Complex
Weapons: MagSec 4, Tranquilizer, Shotgun, K7 Avenger, Shield
Opposition:
1 Player: 1 BlondeSim (E)
2 Players: 2 BlondeSims (2N)
3 Players: 4 BlondeSims (H,3M)
4 Players: 4 BlondeSims (H,N,E,M)
Challenge 12: 1
Scenario: Combat
Limits: 10 minutes, 3, 6, 7, or 9 points
Arena: Skedar
Weapons: Falcon 2 (scope), Sniper Rifle, Shotgun, SuperDragon, Shield
Opposition:
1 Player: 1 JoSim (H)
2 Players: 2 JoSims (H,N)
3 Players: 3 JoSims (H,N,E)
4 Players: 4 JoSims (H,N,2E)
Special: Slow Motion
Challenge 13: 1, 3
Scenario: Combat
Limits: 10 minutes, 10, 20, 25, or 30 points
Arena: G5 Building
Weapons: Falcon 2 (silenced), Tranquilizer, Laptop Gun, Grenade, Reaper
Opposition:
1 Player: 1 CIASim (N)
2 Players: 1 CIASim (H), 1 FBISim (E)
3 Players: 2 CIASims (H,E), 1 FBISim (E)
4 Players: 2 CIASims (H,E), 2 FBISims (2E)
Special: One-Hit Kills
Challenge 14: 1
Scenario: Capture the Case
Limits: 10 minutes, 10 points
Arena: Area 52
Weapons: Cyclone, SuperDragon, K7 Avenger, Farsight XR-20, Cloaking
Device
Opposition:
1 Player: 1 GuardSim (N), 1 TroopSim (E)
2 Players: 2 GuardSims (N,E), 1 TroopSim (E), 1 AirSim (E)
3 Players: 3 GuardSims (H,2E), 1 TroopSim (N), 1 AirSim (E)
4 Players: 3 GuardSims (H,2E), 2 TroopSims (N,E), 1 AirSim (E)
Challenge 15: 1
Scenario: Hold the Briefcase
Limits: 10 minutes, 10 points
Arena: Grid
Weapons: MagSec 4, Dragon, Shotgun, Devastator, Shield
Opposition:
1 Player: 2 LabSims (N,M)
2 Players: 3 LabSims (H,N,M)
3 Players: 4 LabSims (H,N,E,M)
4 Players: 5 LabSims (H,N,2E,M)
Challenge 16: 1
Scenario: Combat
Limits: 10 Minutes, 10, 20, 25, or 30 points.
Arena: Felicity
Weapons: Falcon 2, K7 Avenger, SuperDragon, Proximity Mine, Shield
Opposition:
1 Player: 1 BioSim (P)
2 Players: 2 BioSims (P,N)
3 Players: 3 BioSims (P,N,M)
4 Players: 4 BioSims (P,N,2E)
Special: No Radar
Tips: A way to make this one easy is to camp out in the bathroom in the
Felicity, and just lace all the doors with Proximity Mines. You'll get
more kills.
Challenge 17: 1
Scenario: King of the Hill
Limits: 10 Minutes, 10, 20, 25, or 30 points.
Arena: Temple
Weapons: DY357 Magnum, AR34, Reaper, Slayer, Shield
Opposition:
1 Player: 1 DanSim (P)
2 Players: 1 DanSim (H), 3 CISims (E,2M)
3 Players: 1 DanSim (P), 2 CISims (N,E)
4 Players: 1 DanSim (P), 3 CISims (N,E,M)
Challenge 18: 1
Scenario: King of the Hill
Limits: 10 Minutes, 10, 20, 25, or 30 points.
Arena: Villa
Weapons: Falcon 2, Phoenix, Tranquilizer, Laptop Gun, Shield, Cloaking
Device
Opposition:
1 Players: 1 ElvisSim (P), 1 MaianSim (M)
2 Players: 1 ElvisSim (P), 1 MaianSim (H)
3 Players: 1 ElvisSim (P), 2 MaianSims (H,M)
4 Players: 1 ElvisSim (N), 5 MaianSims (N,2E,2M)
Tips: I've been asked about this several times, and unfortunately, I
know of no sure-fire tips for beating this. I can only offer the
advice of getting the Laptop Gun (either on the catwalk surrounding the
lower pillar or on the pillar itself), and using that as your primary
weapon, both in sentry and standard forms.
Here's a method supplied by wolf007jack:
As soon as you start, run straight for the hill. The aliens will go for
the Laptop gun. Grab as many hills as you can until you die (which you
will eventually). Then, run for the Laptop gun at the walkway at the
top of the very big room (you'll know what I mean). Then, run for the
hill, but be cautious because the Perfect Sim will be hanging out
trying to keep you from the hill. The Meat Sim will keep running off
the hill so it will take longer. Throw the Laptop Gun on the hill, and
let it do it's work. Take the Laptop off the hill after you're done by
pressing B up to the wall where the gun is (for those of you who don't
know), and keep using that strategy. If you die, go back and get the
Laptop gun. It's also easier if you load the Perfect Sim full of
Tranquilizer darts. Just remember that most of the time the Meat Sim
will be on the hill, and the Perfect Sim will be around it.
Challenge 19: 1
Scenario: Combat
Limits: 10 minutes, 10, 20, 25, or 30 points.
Arena: G5 Building
Weapons: CMP150, Shotgun, Rocket Launcher, Farsight XR-20, Shield,
Combat Boost
Opposition:
1 Player: 1 CassSim (H), 1 TrentSim (E)
2 Players: 1 CassSim (P), 1 TrentSim (P)
3 Players: 1 CassSim (P), 1 TrentSim (H), 1 SnipeSim (N)
4 Players: 1 CassSim (P), 1 TrentSim (H), 2 SnipeSims (N,E)
Special: Fast Movement
Challenge 20: 1
Scenario: Combat
Limits: 10 Minutes, 10, 20, 25, or 30 points.
Arena: Sewers
Weapons: Mauler, Falcon 2, MagSec 4, DY357 Magnum, Shield
Allies:
1 Player: 1 AirSim (N)
2 or 3 Players: 2 AirSims (2N)
4 Players: 3 AirSims (3N)
Opposition:
1 Player: 1 PilotSim (H)
2 or 3 Players: 2 PilotSims (P,H)
4 Players: 2 PilotSims (2P)
Special: One-Hit Kills
Tips: This one can be very tricky if you don't know what you're doing.
Tell your ally to Protect you, get a few guns, preferably MagSecs or
Maulers, and go to the top. Get the Shield if it's there and watch the
map for the bad guy's arrival. He'll be down the ramp if he's half a
radar away in that direction, and he'll be on the elevator if he's
almost on you in that direction. Shoot on sight, naturally. It's not
foolproof, but it works well enough.
Here's an alternate method sent in by KazumiJin:
Basically have the sim on protect, get a MagSec (with plenty of ammo),
and run till you find what I call the "Red Corner", which is a dead end
that is illuminated by a red light. Its a nice long corridor that has
only 2 ways into it, one at the far end and one on right side about
halfway into the corridor. When I completed the mission (on the first
try BTW) the sim always chose the longer of the 2 ways down and I was
able to pick him off with the magsec (2.4x vision baby!) without dying
once. Occasionally the sim stops and sits around for a couple of
minutes, but after a while he starts closing in on your position. Just
keep an eye on your radar and youll be able to nail him everytime. If
it makes any difference, I did kneel next to my protective sim.
Challenge 21: 1
Scenario: Hacker Central
Limits: 10 minutes, 10 points.
Arena: Grid
Weapons: Mauler, Reaper, Shotgun, Callisto NTG, Cloaking Device
Opposition:
1 Player: 1 JoSim (H)
2 Players: 1 JoSim (H), 1 SnowSim (N)
3 Players: 1 JoSim (H), 2 SnowSims (N,E)
4 Players: 1 JoSim (H), 3 SnowSims (2N,E)
Tips: If you know where the cloaking device in this level is, then this
challenge becomes easier. It's located on the second floor where the
glass place is onthe opposite side of the weapons. Keep on collecting
it until you have about 80 - 100 seconds of cloaking. If the AI comes
near you, then kill her andcollect all her weapons, including another
cloaking device. After you have 80-100 seconds of cloaking, grab the
Data Uplink and run towards the terminal and start downloading. Once
the AI get close, activate cloaking. You should get a lot of points by
doing this.
Challenge 22: 1
Scenario: Hold the Briefcase
Limits: 10 minutes, 10 points.
Arena: Base
Weapons: Falcon 2, Sniper Rifle, Crossbow, K7 Avenger, Shield
Opposition:
1 Player: 1 PresSim (P), 1 GuardSim (N)
2 Players: 1 PresSim (P), 2 GuardSims (N,E)
3 Players: 1 PresSim (P), 2 GuardSims (H,N)
4 Players: 1 PresSim (P), 3 GuardSims (2N,E)
Special: One-Hit Kills
Challenge 23: 1
Scenario: Combat
Limits: 10 minutes, 2, 4, 5, or 6 points.
Arena: Complex
Weapons: MagSec 4, Grenade, Laptop Gun, RC-P120, Shield, Combat Boost
Opposition:
1 Player: 1 CloneSim (H), 1 StripeSim (H)
2 Players: 1 CloneSim (P), 1 StripeSim (P)
3 Players: 1 CloneSim (P), 2 StripeSims (P,H)
4 Players: 1 CloneSim (P), 3 StripeSims (P,2N)
Special: Slow-Motion
Challenge 24: 1
Scenario: Capture the Case
Limits: 9 points.
Arena: Fortress
Weapons: CMP150, Tranquilizer, Devastator, SuperDragon, DY357-LX
Opposition:
1 Player: 2 GuardSims (2E), 1 TroopSim (E), 1 AirSim (E)
2 Players: 2 GuardSims (N,E), 1 TroopSim (N), 1 AirSim (E)
3 Players: 2 GuardSims (P,N), 2 TroopSims (H,E), 2 AirSims (N,E)
4 Players: 2 GuardSims (H,N), 2 TroopSims (H,E), 2 AirSims (N,E)
Challenge 25: 1
Scenario: Combat
Limits: 3 minutes, 10, 20, 25, or 30 points.
Arena: Ravine
Weapons: Mauler, N-Bomb, K7 Avenger, Farsight XR-20, Cloaking Device
Opposition:
1 Player: 2 ShockSims (P,H)
2 Players: 3 ShockSims (2P,H)
3 Players: 4 ShockSims (2P,H,N)
4 Players: 5 ShockSims (3P,H,E)
Challenge 26: 1
Scenario: King of the Hill
Limits: 10 minutes, 10, 20, 25, or 30 points.
Arena: Ruins
Weapons: Falcon 2, Mauler, Cyclone, Laptop Gun, Reaper
Opposition:
1 Player: 2 TechSims (P,H)
2 Players: 2 TechSims (2P), 2 CISim (H,E)
3 Players: 2 TechSims (2P), 2 CISims (2P)
4 Players: 2 TechSims (2P), 3 CISims (3P)
Tips: First, as this may be your first time here, get a feel for the
Ruins level. Know how to get around the various passageways, it's not
as inter-connecting as some other places.
Second, know where all the good weapons are, the Laptop Gun and the
Cylcone are probably your best bets for this Challenge. Given the
option, your enemies will usually opt for the Reaper. Use that
"mistake" to your advantage, but be calm and keep moving, as, given
time, the Reaper WILL chew you up.
Third, and most important, make sure that, if the enemy's going to
score, that no more than one of them is on the hill. Having both Sims
standing on the hill after the time runs down gives them two points,
and that's really hard to bounce back from when you only score one at a
time. Sometimes, you won't be able to avoid it, and that's okay. Just
stock up on weapons if you know you can't get to the hill in time.
Don't try for a suicide run. That'll get you killed quickly and not at
all in a good position to defend the next hill.
Also, if you find yourself ahead and in a good position, you may want
to consider running the clock down. A good place for this is when the
hill shows up in the corner of a little hallway, and there are windows
to another hallway on one side. Take up a position in that non-hill
hallway and blast away as the approach the hill. Better still, toss a
Sentry Gun there, and go stock up on ammo and weapons while it takes
care of business.
Challenge 27: 1
Scenario: Hacker Central
Limits: 10 minutes, 10 points.
Arena: Sewers
Weapons: Falcon 2, MagSec 4, CMP150, Rocket Launcher, Shield
Opposition:
1 Player: 1 CIASim (P)
2 Players: 1 CIASim (P), 1 FBISim (P)
3 Players: 2 CIASims (2P), 1 FBISim (P)
4 Players: 2 CIASims (2P), 2 FBISims (2P)
Tips: This is nearly impossible on one player. The only way I managed
was by a glitch in the AI that got my enemy stuck somewhere, probably
in an elevator, while I merrily hacked away at the computer. Did I go
check where he was? No! I didnít want to leave my perfect conditions
and mess it up.
I've been told another way for an easy win is to have a rather stupid
Sim that detonates rockets in his face. The Sims are quite fond of the
Rocket Launchers in this Challenge.
Challenge 28: 1
Scenario: Capture the Case
Limits: 10 minutes, 9 points.
Arena: Villa
Weapons: Falcon 2, Falcon 2 (silenced), DY357 Magnum, AR34, Shotgun
Opposition:
1 Player: 2 GuardSims (2D)
2 Players: 3 GuardSims (3D)
3 Players: 4 GuardSims (4D)
4 Players: 5 GuardSims (5D)
Tips: One of the ways to make this REAL easy is to get lucky and have
the two cases be almost next to each other. One will be on the sunken
tiled area with a ramp running around the edge and into a covered
passage. The other will be in the larger squared-off patch of grass
with walls surrounding it. The Sims will go far out to the more
powerful weapons, and you can run like the dickens to grab the case and
run back three times.
Challenge 29: 1
Scenario: Combat
Limits: 10 minutes, 10, 20, 25, or 30 points.
Arena: G5 Building
Weapons: Falcon 2, Cyclone, DY357 Magnum, CMP150, Dragon
Opposition:
1 Player: 2 WorkSims (2D)
2 Players: 2 WorkSims (2D), 1 GuardSim (D)
3 Players: 2 WorkSims (2D), 2 GuardSims (2D)
4 Players: 2 WorkSims (2D), 3 GuardSims (3D)
BIG TIP: On the bottom floor of the G5 Building is a depression in the
floor in one corner. This is the ultimate ambush spot. If you crouch
all the way down in here, move to the very edge, just before you start
climbing out, and look up, bad guys will hit nothing but air if they
try to shoot you, given their AI capacity. Theyíre heads will be
clearly visible, though. ^_^
This spot is now and forever known as ArmorKingís Niche. Thanks, bud!
Challenge 30: 1
Scenario: King of the Hill
Limits: 10 minutes, 10, 20, 25, or 30 points.
Arena: Skedar
Weapons: Falcon 2, Falcon 2 (scope), MagSec 4, Mauler, DY357 Magnum
Allies:
1, 2, 3, or 4 Players: 1 JoSim (N)
Opposition:
1 Player: 1 BlondeSim (D), 1 CassSim (D)
2 Players: 1 BlondeSim (D), 1 CassSim (D), 1 TrentSim (D)
3 Players: 2 BlondeSims (2D), 1 CassSim (D), 1 TrentSim (D)
4 Players: 3 BlondeSims (3D), 1 CassSim (D), 1 TrentSim (D)
Tips: First order of business. Make sure you have this map COMPLETELY
memorized. Know exactly where every weapon is, and where every hill
will show up. Make sure you know where the Sims are if they're in
range on your radar. Make sure you know how to get to any spot on the
map the quickest way possible. Know where each hill is as it appears.
This is required, because all the Sims have this information as
well...
As soon as you start, put your JoSim on either Def Hill or Hold Hill
setting. She'll worry about getting control of the hill first once
she's well-stocked on weapons.
Your life-saving weapon in this level is the Mauler. One well-aimed
Charge-Up shot can take out a Sim, and if you miss, follow it up with
several shots that won't be fully charged, but may have some if you
delay it a second. Having two Maulers means a good player can take out
two Sims with minimal damage if he/she's ready for them.
There are no shields here, so that's one less thing for you to worry
about. Falcons are decent, but only really useful in twos due to the
low clip size. MagSecs are not the best idea at all unless you have
two on burst, as single shots are horribly inaccurate, and bursts drain
your clip quickly. And of course, the Magnum is right out. Last
resort only.
Right. That's the basic stuff. Now, on to each hill and how well you
can defend yourself, or how easily you can assault it.
Hill 1: Main floor, open room:
This is easily the most difficult hill, period, to both hold and
assault. Holding it requires to stay awake at all times for the
threats coming from one of MANY directions. If you're desparate to
assault it, don't go in from above, as it'll disorient you much more
than it will the Sim standing there. Go from a long approach so you'll
have plenty of time to squeeze off some shots at your enemy. Only
saving grace for this hill is the Mauler in the middle.
Hill 2: Large square room with stone in the middle:
Moderately easy to claim, moderately hard to defend. There are two
ways in, which right away puts the holder at a disadvantage. There is
a rather unstudly MagSec in the room, as well. Assaulting this is best
done from the left exit, that being the left hand one when you're
standing on the MagSec and facing the stone. You'll have a nice, long,
but unfortunately uphill approach.
Hill 3: Small alcove off left exit of Hill 2:
This is a good one. Easy to assault and relatively easy to hold. Easy
to assault because it's such a tiny area and there's very little room
to move, and easy to defend because you only have to face one way.
There's only a Magnum in there, but even that may be sufficient enough
to take down attackers, if you have enough drop on them.
Hill 4: Large white sand room with one entrance:
Another easy to hold, but not all that easy to attack. Holding this
merely requires that you stand on the Mauler platform at the far end,
crouch, hold the sight down the middle of the entryway, and waste any
yellow guys running in. Assaulting is a different matter. First, you
have to make sure they can't hit you on the ramps leading to the room,
a chore in itself. Secondly, they like to move around a lot in this
room, meaning they're constantly ducking down into the lower sands,
which complicates matters.
Hill 5: On a far balcony:
Quite easy to hold, but a horrible pain to assault. Holding it
requires that you grab the Mauler here and crouch while facing the door
from one side. Attack them as they come. Assaulting is rotten as they
love to shoot you from their perch and dodge into view as you make your
actual hill assault.
Follow these guidelines. Know the level. Watch the enemies for any
patterns that they have. It can be done...
*****************************************************************
*****************************************************************
10. Co-Operative and Counter-Operative
Finally, we can experience Solo Missions with the aid, or hindrance, of
a friend, or whatever.
In Co-Op, one player assumes the role of Joanna Dark. That player can
either choose to have a Simulant or a human as Joís sister, Velvet
Dark. All Solo Missions are exactly the same. Either human player can
complete objectives. Thereís also a new option on the pop-ups when you
hold A and press Z twice. Youíll have various commands that youíll be
able to give your buddy. (This also works with Simulants on your team
in Multiplayer).
The only rewards that Co-Op will give you involve giving you the option
of using multiple buddies, and these are obtained by completing the
entire game (not the Special Assignments) on a certain difficulty
level.
Beating the Co-Op game on Agent level gives you the option of using two
buddies on Agent. Beating the game on Special Agent gives you the
option of using three buddies on Agent, and two on Special Agent.
Beating the game on Perfect Agent allows you to use four buddies in
Agent, three in Special Agent, and two on Perfect Agent.
Counter-Operative is something VERY fun. Here, the second human player
possesses the body of a random enemy. As that enemy, he has possession
of the enemyís weapon (and a full stock of ammo), and a Suicide Pill.
Basically, the pill is to be used whenever you spawn too far away from
Joanna to do any real harm.
*****************************************************************
*****************************************************************
11. Other Stuff and FAQ
Frequently Asked Questions
Q: Why is Perfect Dark rated M?
A: Perfect Dark contains realistic blood flying when you shoot your
enemies. By that, I mean it hits the wall behind your shot enemy, and
it comes out in a pool when the enemy falls. Nothing incredibly
graphic, but there you go. There's also some adult language in this
game that would probably earn it a PG-13 rating.
Fortunately, there are options to turn off the language and utilize
Paintball mode so that the blood looks like multicolored paint.
Q: What ever happened to the face-mapping feature?
A: Originally, this was a new feature that would use the Game Boy
Camera. You'd take a picture, then you'd be able to use the Transfer
Pak to map the picture onto a face of a multiplayer character. Rare
eliminated this due to the possible outrage that would come from
parents and the media, whereby you could use this game to "shoot" up
your friends, siblings, teachers, lawyers, etc. This wouldn't fly well
with the parents, so it was removed to keep Rare's record clean.
Q: What's with the "Small but Perfect" Menu? Why can't I access Solo
Missions/Co-Op/Counter-Op/play with more than two players?
A: Perfect Dark requires the Expansion Pak to play the full game. Most
of the RAM in the N64 is used for graphics if there's no Pak. Using
the Pak's extra RAM for graphics frees up the N64's RAM to be able to
handle all the complex stuff that the aforementioned need.
Q: Why didn't you include the Psychosis Gun under Weapons?
A: This gun is so much like the Tranquilizer that it's nearly
identical. Furthermore, it does nothing to directly harm an enemy, so
it technically can't even be considered a weapon. Really, I'm just
nitpicking, but that's my philosophy on the matter.
Q: Wasn't the Falcon's secondary mode a "gangsta" sideways shot,
originally?
A: Originally, yes. It still exists in the game. Get real close to an
enemy and you'll turn your gun sideways automatically. It works for
the Falcon, the silenced Falcon, the MagSec, the Phoenix, the PP9i, and
the CC13. It's purely cosmetic and doesn't do anything to enhance the
gun.
Q: So, what's the REAL deal with the Cheese Wedges?
A: Rumor has it the Cheese was created as an alternate method of
unlocking cheats in a level. I don't know if they meant the one you
get upon completion or the one you get from Time Trials, though.
Feasibly, it could be either. Alas. Now the Cheese is just for fun.
See if you can find them all!
Q: How come I can't use the Slayer in All Guns on Solo?
A: This is strange. You can only have an All Guns with Slayer in the
missions that have a Slayer, that being Skedar Attack Ship and Battle
Shrine. It won't be on the popup menu, nor can you switch to it
normally, but if you go into the Pause Menu, it's there. It's nowhere
else, though. I've heard of glitches happening with Fly-By-Wire
rockets, so this may be a necessary precaution on Rare's part.
Q: What are all the Multiplayer levels?
Thanks to nourali for this one:
Beginner:21
Trainee:20
Amateur:19
Rookie:18
Novice:17
Trooper:16
Agent:15
Star Agent:14
Special Agent:13
Expert:12
Veteran:11 <-- That's me! ^_^
Professional:10
Dangerous:9
Deadly:8
Killer:7
Assassin:6
Lethal:5
Elite:4
Invincible:3
Near Perfect:2
Perfect:1
Q: How do I advance in level?
A: According to the Perfect Dark Game Designer at Rareware.com...
"The rankings are based on all of the stats shown for your saved
player, like distance moved, kills made, medals achieved. The top rank
is based on many factors, some of which require far more time than two
months to accomplish."
So, there you go. Just increase everything.
*****************************************************************
Neat Tricks:
This one was sent in by Oberon the Fairy King.
Go outside the firing range in the CI lobby. Open the door to the
range, and QUICKLY run in. Open the glass door to the main room, and
move 3/4 of the way in. This will stop the door from closing, yet allow
you to bring up the firing range menu with start. Bring it up and
select slayer, on bronze. Fire a Fly-By-Wire, and hold the R button. If
you did this all right, the rocket should be going EXTREMELY slowly.
Turn it around so you can see the lobby through the door (not the glass
one, the one into the lobby). If it's closed, you weren't fast enough.
Get the rocket into the lobby and turn right. Go through the door that
leads to the ramp down to the hanger, and turn right while holding R.
Once you've slowed to a crawl again, perform another 180, and a nose
dive to get into the hallway at the bottom of the ramp. Still holding
R, take a right, then a left to end up at the hoverbike. What's cool
about this is that you now have a Fly-By-Wire outside!
Personal Note: I did this and it was pretty neat, but all the parts of
the CI that you can't normally see just aren't there. It's just a big
blue space. Also, don't forget that the Slayer rocket DOES run out
after a while.
And here's a related one by SpacemanSpiff:
In the shooting range you can block the door open by standing right at
the edge of it...use combat knives on bronze and you can fill the guy
standing there with knives =).
Another related trick is taking the hovercrate from the hangar and
dragging it all the way to the shooting range and filling it with as
many knives as you want. Then you have a choice...would you rather put
lots of knives in that Grimshaw guy (which i prefer) or...well anyone
else in the top floor of the carrington institue? Take the crate to
whichever room your victim is in then leave it there, and go back to
the shooting range. With the farsight, shoot the crate. Go to the
device lab and choose any mission (except disguise if you are killing
grimshaw or cloaker if you are killing Danny boy). Go to the room with
the exploded crate, pick up your knives and throw them at your target.
Doesn't kill them but they are left full of knives.
A multiplayer one from bustamac:
Floating Items in Multiplayer
This trick has no real tactical value (well, there's an infinitesimal
chance that a floating item could stop a bullet) but it looks neat. We
all can make ammo boxes, shields, guns and whatnot move by shooting
them. To make one of these objects float instead of just moving, all
you have to do is crouch twice, shoot the item at a point very close to
the ground, then have someone pick it up while it goes through the air.
When the item respawns, it will have the same position it had at the
moment in time when your friend picked it up.
To illustrate:
1. Go to the L-shaped crawlspace in Area 52 where the default shield
appears.
2. Walk right up to the shield, but don't pick it up (For insurance,
have a full shield when you do this)
3. Crouch all the way down and line up your gun with the lower half of
the shield.
4. Have someone crawl towards the shield down the part of the "L" you
don't occupy.
5. Just before they pick up the shield, shoot it at an angle so that it
will bounce right into their body. Now it will respawn floating in the
air (this example is basically how I found this out).
6. It's tricky, but you can repeat this process until the item is very
high in the air. You can try this with ammo boxes and guns, but these
don't bounce as much as small objects like the shield.
One sent in by MBE005
This is so weird and goofy its kinda funny. In The Duel, use the all
guns or laptop gun cheat. Sheilds or invincibilty cheats help too. Now,
go on Perfect Agent, start the level, and avoid the Dd Guard. Swerve and
Deploy the Laptop onto the wall to your left or right, or right in
front. Well, heck, wherever, but as long as it is near the starting
point. Then take down the guard or let the Laptop do it for you. After
that, the Laptop will kill Jonathan and Easton while they are still
standing back-to-back to you. Its cheap, but that's why it amuses me.
This one was sent in by Mike 100+
I found a secret glitch in the game, but it's been very hard to do.
When the Simulants die, they die in different ways. Kill two Simulants
(Preferably EasySims, because they team up and still die easy)
together, while they are facing each other. Stand between them and turn
1/4 of the way to one of them. Now: the dead simulants fall according
to where they were shot, and their surroundings. If you shoot Simulant
#1 in the back after killing Simulant #2 in front of him, and step in
between them, Sim #1 will not fall and will disappear slowly, standing
upright, as if he was on the ground!
*****************************************************************
*****************************************************************
12. Legal
This FAQ was made 100% by me, CyricZ. You may not take it in whole or
in part and claim it as your own. You may not alter it in any way.
Please donít post this on your site unless you have express consent by
me. Iíve put a lot of time into this. Give me some credit...
Currently, the following sites have permission to post my FAQ.
www.gamefaqs.com
www.consoledomain.com
www.gamesover.com
www.gameadvice.com
www.avault.com
www.geocities.com/n64gg
www.borntobewyld.co.uk
www.ansette.co.uk
Speaking of credit....
*****************************************************************
*****************************************************************
13. Credits
CJayC - For putting this up on his site.
Kildread2 - For some game and FAQ pointers and generally being
supportive, and a cool guy. ^_^
ArmorKing - For some MUCH-needed help in certain areas of the game.
Derek Nielsen - For giving me the heads-up on who the Marquis of
Queensbury was, first...
Aaron Nielsen, Alex_215, Chewy LS, and all those who took my quiz on
the GameFAQs Message Boards - For giving me cheese locations.
Rodney1103 - For a time-saving tip on Battle Shrine.
wolf007jack - For some tips on Challenge 18.
KazumiJin - For another way to complete Challenge 20.
snafujm - For pointing out some places I needed to correct.
ChewyLS - For enlightening me on how to find out the difficulties of
the Sims in the Challenges. Also for supplying me with his tip for
Challenge 21.
Bram Vermeulen - For a tip on Area 51: Infiltration.
Lex Sloet - For finding an interesting secret in Area 51: Rescue
Chaos Sonic - For the Character Unlock List
Rareware - For being a veritable god among mortals in the video game
industry. Youíve done it again!
Nintendo - For having the guts to put this game on the market. Welcome
to the dark side, fellas. No turning back, now.
...and the following people, who sent me in their favorite multiplayer
scenarios or tricks - Oberon the Fairy King, ChewyLS, Ashcraft,
SpacemanSpiff, Darthhelmet85, ConfusedGuy, bustamac, Bisc, REwesker,
Crash, MBE005, Mike 100+, UltimateTrainer2000, Neobahamut, ?_?,
Smithbrady, Az_Za
*****************************************************************
*****************************************************************
14. Version History
8.7.2000 - Ver. 2.4 - Bustamac really likes sending me scenarios. A
ton of new ones from him. Check the Solo Missions while you're here,
too. As I grow wiser in the workings of Perfect Dark, I come up with
more health-effective ways of getting through missions.
7.27.2000 - Ver. 2.3 - Phew. Finally fixed it so it all fits on the
page. That's all the cheese locations, now, and a few new scenarios.
7.17.2000 - Ver. 2.2 - Cleaned up the format. Lousy word wrap, away!
I swear by all that is good and holy that I will never use Word or
NotePad for my FAQs again, thank you.
7.16.2000 - Ver. 2.1 - Added more cheese locations, more scenarios, and
more tips and tricks. Thanks to a tip from ChewyLS, I refined the
Simulant Difficulties on Challenges. I also added starting ammo for
each level.
7.7.2000 - Ver. 2.0 - Finished Solo Missions completely. Everything's
in. Will continue to post multiplayer scenarios, cute tricks, and
Challenge Tips as they come in or are requested.
6.29.2000 - Ver. 1.4 - Added some Challenge tips, a few scenarios,
another Time Trial and cleaned up a LOT!
6.26.2000 - Ver. 1.2 - Added the last Special Assignment, a few time
trials, and polished up a bunch of other things. Also posted some
submitted scenarios and Challenge tips.
6.21.2000 - Ver. 1.0 - Just about the entire thing. Iím not the kind
to do things piecemeal. 120 pages of love from me to you.
*****************************************************************
*****************************************************************
15. The Final Word
Well, thatís it. My first FAQ, and I dare say it was okay. Please,
let me know if I have anything wrong, or if you have a suggestion about
my writing technique. Iím always open to criticism.
Also, if you have any cool multiplayer scenarios youíd like to share,
let me know and Iíll post them.
If you do decide to send me a scenario, try to make it more involved
than a simple "favorite setup". Give me some background. Tell a
story. Make it a mission in itself. Make it interesting.
E-mail me at CyricZ42@hotmail.com with questions, comments, or if you
just want to say hi. Iíll be glad to respond to you within the day.
Have fun, and remember...
Perfect Dark is forever...
Nintendo Videos
Codes Game Shark Game Genie FAQs PAR Printing tips Home E-Mail Us
Privacy StatementBuy Nintendo Wii - Buy Nintendo DS - Buy Video Games
MidSummer